Home
        User Manual PCI-1285/1285E
         Contents
1.                                               Example VC   C    VB NET BCB View Description   ARC vi 4 N N Demonstrates how to control an interpolation  group s arc motion    Change P JIN N N 4 Demonstrates how to change the 1 axis  motion position on the fly    Change V iui a N N N Demonstrates how to change the 1 axis  motion velocity on the fly    Cm  v   JIN N 4 N Demonstrates how to use the ACM API to  control one axis continuous motion    Compare JIN 4 N 4 oe how to use the compare func    DIO JIN R N N nee axis digital input output func    Event af   4 N N Demonstrates how to check event from  driver    Home VOIN y y V   Demonstrates how to use the home function    Line JIN N 4 4 Demonstrates how to control an interpolation  group s linemotion    MPG JOG JIN N J 4 Demonstrates how to start external drive  operation on the specified device and axis   Demonstrates how to control an interpolation   Path VOIN y y V _   group s path  continuous interpolation   motion    PTP JININ N 4 J Demonstrates how to control one axis point  to point motion   Demonstrates how to control relations   SetCardRelation   V   V   V y N y between multi PCI 1220 devices    SimulateOpe AU N J J Demonstrates how to control simultaneous  movement between multi axis    Direct   a N N s Demonstrates how to control an interpolation  group s direct motion    Movelmpose  EE N N N i a how to use Move Impose  unction    Latch UA  y y V   Demonstrates how to use latch function    Helix JIN N J N Demonstra
2.                                 Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   Return Value   Error Code   Comments   Interpolation Motion  6 3 5 4 1 Acm_GpMoveLinearRel  Format   U32 Acm_GpMoveLinearRel  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 DistanceArray   PU32 pArrayElements   Purpose   Command group to execute relative line interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   DistanceArray PF64 IN Distance array of axis in group  each    value of array elements represent the  axis relative position        pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array This count  must egual to the axis count in this group   or else it will be returned axis count in    group                       PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 152    Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The seguence of data in DistanceArray must follow the order of X axis  Y  axis  Z axis  U axis  For example  if one group has two axes  Y axis and U  axis  The first data in DistanceArray means Y axis  relative distance and the  second data means U axis  relative distance  The unit of distance in  DistanceArray is PPU of each axis in group     The difference between line interpolation and direct interpolation  line  interpolation s speed is divided into even line speed for every axis  axis  moves at this even line speed  Mostly  line interpolation is applied to the axis  assembled as right angle  But direct interpolation s line speed 
3.                        Acm AxSetCmdPosition y V  Set command position   Position   Acm AxGetCmdPosition N v  Get command position   Counter  Acm AxSetActualPosition y y  Set actual position   Acm_AxGetActualPosition y y  Get actual position   Acm_ AxSetCmpData V X  Set comparison data   Canpa Acm_AxSetCmpTable N X  Set comparison data table   Acm AxSetCmpAuto N X      Set line comparison datas   Acm AxGetCmpData V X _  Get current compare data   Acm_AxGetLatchData N X  Get latched data   pn Acm AxTriggerLatch N X     Trigger latch data   Acm AxResetLatch N X Reset latch information   is Acm AxGetLatchFlag y X Get latch flag   Acm_AxDoSetBit N V  Set bit value in DO   A Yd Acm AxDoGetBit N V  Get bit value in DO   Acm AxDiGetBit N V  Get bit value in DI   Ext Drive  Acm AxSetExtDrive N V  Set external driver   Acm AxCamlnAx x X  Command e cam   Acm AxGearlnAx N V  Command e gear   Acm AxGantrylnAx y X   Command gantry   Application mn  a HOS Or N i process of electronic cam or  electronic gear   Acm AxTangentinGp N X vo tangent motion follow  Acm GpAddAxis y y _  Add axis into group   Acm_GpRemAxis y y  Remove axis from group   SYSTEM  Acm GpClose y y  Close group   Acm_GpResetError 4 N TI when group is error   HA Acm GpGetState N V _  Get current states of group   Group Command group to change the  Acm_GpChangeVel y V  velocity while group is in line   interpolation motion   Velocity Change the velocity of the current  Acm GpChangeVelByRate N X  igroup motion according to the
4.                        Bits   Description Positive direction Negative direction  OUT DIR OUT DIR  output output output output   0 OUT DIR  TUU   m   1LF   tow     1 OUT DIR  OUT negative logic     JUL a  JUU w   2 OUT DIR  DIR negative logic  TUU   m   1LF   Hi   3 OUT DIR  OUT amp DIR negative logic   i m o SUL w l   4 CW CCW  UU High High   5 CW CCW  CW amp CCW negative logic     TITL   u tw   JUL  6 A B Phase UT   1 our    DIR     DIR  s   7 B A Phase our          DIR N DIR       6 4 3 1 5 Alarm   6 4 3 1 5 1 FT AxAlmMap   Data Type   U32  R W   R    187 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    PropertylD                    310  Meaning   Get the alarm features supported by this motion axis   Bits Description  0 Enabled  1 Logic  2 React  3 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 6 In Position    6 4 3 1 6 1 FT AxInpMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   311  Meaning   Get the In Position features supported by this motion axis                                            Bits Description  0 Mode  1 Logic  2 31 Not defined   Comments   6 4 3 1  7 ERC  6 4 3 1 7 1 FT_AxErcMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   312  Meaning   Get the ERC features supported by this motion axis   Bits Description  0 Enable mode  1 Logic  2 On time not support   3 Off time not support   4 31 Not defined                 Comments     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 188    6 4 3 1 7 2 FT AxErcEnableModeMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   313  Meaning   Get axis supported ERC mode        B
5.                     Format   U32 Acm DagDoSetByte  HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DoPort  U8 ByteData   Purpose   Set value to specified DO port   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DoPort U16 IN DO port   ByteData U8 IN Value to be set   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DO     6 3 3 1 4 Acm DagDoSetBit  Format   U32 Acm DagDoSetBit  HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DoChannel  U8 Bit                                   Data   Purpose   Set the value to specified DO channel   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DoChannel U16 IN DO channel   BitData U8 IN Value to be set  O or 1   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DO     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 110    6 3 3 1 5 Acm DagDoGetByte                                  Format   U32 Acm DagDoGetByte HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DoPort PU8  ByteData   Purpose   Get the byte data of specified DO port   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DoPort U16 IN DO port   ByteData PU8 OUT Returned value   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DO   6 3 3 1 6 Acm DagDoGetBit                               Format   U32 Acm DagDoGetBit HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DoChannel  PU8  BitData   Purpose   Get the bit value of specified DO channel   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description
6.              Bits Description   0 Line interpolation  2 axes   1 Line interpolation  3 axes   2 Line interpolation  4 axes   3 Line interpolation  5 axes   4 Line interpolation  6 axes  5 7 Not defined    8 Arc interpolation  2 axes   9 Arc interpolation  3 axes   10 Spiral    11 15   Not defined    16 Synchronous electronic gear  17 Synchronous electronic cam  18 Synchronous gantry   19 Synchronous tangent   20 23   Not defined    24 Select path              25 31 Not defined           Comments     6 4 1 1 2 FT_DevAxisCount    Data Type   U32  R W   R    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 176    PropertylD    1  Meaning    Get axis number of this device   Comments     6 4 1 1 3 FT DevFunctionMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   2  Meaning   Get device supported functions 1  support  0  Not support        W  ao    Description       Motion       DI       DO       Al  PCI 1285 1285E not Suport        AO  PCI 1285 1285E not Suport        Timer       Counter       DAO DI  PCI 1285 1285E do not support        0 4  DM  oy BR  ow  Mm     O    DAQ DO  PCI 1285 1285E do not support        O    DAQ AI PCI 1285 1285E not support        10 DAQ AO  PCI 1285 1285E not support        11 Emg       12 31 No definition                Comments     6 4 1 1 4 FT_DevMDAGTypeMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   6  Meaning   Data types that MotionDAQ supports                          Bits Description   0 Command Position    1 Actual Position    2 Lag Position  difference between Command Positi
7.             1 Disabled       6 4 3 2 19 8 CFG AxIN4StopReact  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   642  Meaning   Set get IN4 trigger stop mode   Comments        Value Description       0 Sudden stop             1 Decelerating       6 4 3 2 19 9 CFG_AxIN4StopLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   643  Meaning     Set get the active logic of IN4 trigger stop function     Comments        Value Description       0 Active low             1 Active high       219    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                6 4 3 2 19 10 CFG AxIN5StopEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   644  Meaning   Enable disable IN5 trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Enabled             1 Disabled          6 4 3 2 19 11 CFG AxIN5StopReact  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   645  Meaning   Set get IN2 trigger stop mode   Comments        Value Description       0 Sudden stop             1 Decelerating          6 4 3 2 19 12 CFG AxIN5StopLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   646  Meaning   Set get the active logic of IN5 trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Active low             1 Active high          PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 220    6 4 3 3 Parameter  6 4 3 3 1 Speed Pattern    6 4 3 3 1 1 PAR_AxVelLow  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   401  Meaning   Set get low velocity  start velocity  of this axis  Unit  PPU S    Comments   This property value must be smaller than or equal to PAR Ax
8.          169 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual          pCurCmdFunc PU32  OUT Return current command function in executing   0 EndPath   1  Abs2DLine   2  Rel2DLine   3  Abs2DArcCW    4  Abs2DArcCCW    5  Rel2DArcCW    6  Rel2DArcCCW    7  Abs3DLine    8  Rel3DLine    9  Abs4DLine  not support    10  Rel4DLine   not support   11  Abs2DDirect    12  Rel2DDirect    13  Abs3DDirect    14  Rel3DDirect    15  Abs4DDirect    16  Rel4DDirect    17  Abs5DDirect    18  Rel5DDirect    19  Abs6DDirect    20  Rel6DDirect    21  Abs3DArcCW   not support   22  Rel3DArcCW   not support   23  AbsaDArcCCW   not support   24  RelSDArcCCW  not support   25  Abs3DHelixCW   26  Rel3DHelixCW   27  Abs3DHelixCCW   28  Rel3DHelixCCW   29  GPDELAY  uint ms        pRemainCount PU32   OUT Return number of unexecuted path data in path                    pFreeSpaceCount   PU32   OUT Return number of free space in path buffer           Return Value   Error Code   Comments   You must input the GroupHandle  and then get path status of this group     6 3 5 5 7 Acm GpMoveSelPath    Format     U32 Acm GpMoveSelPath  HANDGroupHandle  HAND PathHanle  U32  Startlndex  U32Endlndex  U8Repeat                       Purpose   Move path segment in system path buffer from start index and end index    Parameters    Name Type In or Out Description   GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis    PathHandle HAND IN Pointer to path handle from   Acm GpLoadPath    Startlndex U32 IN Start Index  0 9999    Endlndex U32 IN End In
9.          Return Value   Error Code     163 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 5 5    Comments     Start Point    R CW Dir     gt     Center Point       PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 5 4 16 Acm GpChangeVelByRate  Format   U32 Acm GpChangeVelByRate HAND GroupHandle  U32 Rate   Purpose     Change the velocity of the current group motion according to the specified  ratio     Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description                   GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis           Return Value   Error Code    Comments   New velocity   Former velocity of group   rate  0 01  Rate must be larger  than zero  and less than the ratio of the maximum velocity to current group  velocity of the axis with the lowest ID  New velocity is valid for the current  motion only  For more details about changing velocity in interpolation or  continuous interpolation motion  please refer to Acm GpChangeVel     PCI 1285E does not support this API           Path  6 3 5 5 1 Acm GpAddPath  Format   U32 Acm GpAddPath  HAND GroupHandle  U16 MoveCmd  U16  MoveMode  F64 FH  F64 FL  PF64 EndPoint DataArray  PF64  CenPoint DataArray  PU32 ArrayElements   Purpose   Add an interpolation path to system path buffer   Parameters   Name Type   In or Out   Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis                       PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 164       MoveCmd U16 IN Move command  0 EndPath    Abs2DLine      Rel2DLine      Abs2DArcCW      Abs2DArcCCW      RelA
10.          This interface consists of the following parts     1  Motion DAO Config Status  You can directly configure acguisition data of each channel in DataGridView   ChannellD  Count  CurCount and Status row are read only  the background is  grey    ChannellD  It means a channel ID  Four channels  Channel 0  Channel 1   Channel 2 and Channel 3  are provided   AxisNo  Any axis of the device can be selected   Period  Acguisition period  which means the interval between each data is  acguired  The range is 1 to 255 ms  In order to unify the max value of horizontal  ordinate of Curve window  Period value of each channel will adopt the same  value  Therefore  if Period value of one channel has been changed  that of other  channels will change accordingly     25 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Method  Trigger mode  Trigger modes of data acquisition are as followings   0  MQ_TRIG_DISABLE  Disable data acquisition function      MQ_TRIG_SW  Trigger by software  Click MDAQ Start to trigger       MG TRIG DI    Trigger by DI  reserved      MG TRIG AXO START  Trigger when axis O starts to move      MG TRIG AX1 START  Trigger when axis 1 starts to move     MG TRIG AX2 START  Trigger when axis 2 starts to move     MO TRIG AX3 START  Trigger when axis 3 starts to move     MO TRIG AX4 START  Trigger when axis 4 starts to move     MO TRIG AX5 START  Trigger when axis 5 starts to move     MG TRIG AX6 START  Trigger when axis 6 starts to move    10  MO TRIG AX7 START  Trigger when axis 7 starts t
11.      6 4 2 1 3 FT DagAiRangeMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   52  Meaning   Get the supported Al range  1  support  0  not support                                   Bits Description  0     10V   1     5V   2     2 5V   3     1 25V   4     0 625V  5 15 Not defined   16 0 20mA  17 31   Not defined              Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E   the value is O     6 4 2 1 4 FT_DagAiMaxSingleChan  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   54  Meaning   Get the Maximum Single Ended Al channel number of the device   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E   the value is 0     6 4 2 1 5 FT DagAiMaxDiffChan  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   55  Meaning   Get the Maximum Differential Al channel number of the device     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 182    6 4 2 2    Comments   PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     6 4 2 1 6 FT DagAiResolution  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   56  Meaning   Get the Al resolution in bit of the device   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E   the value is 0     Configuration    6 4 2 2 1 CFG DagAiChanType  Data Type   U32  R W   R W  PropertylD   251  Meaning   0  Single ended  1  Differential  Comments   PCI 1285 1285E do not support this property     6 4 2 2 2 CFG DagAiRanges  Data Type   U32  R W   R W  PropertylD   252  Meaning   See FT DagAiRangeMap              Bits Description  0x0     10 V  Ox1    5V       0x2     2 5 V             0x3     1 25 V          Comments   PCI 1285 1285E do not support this property     183 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 
12.      SJ ATL COM AppWizard Project name   Cluster Resource Type Wizard PCI1245APP  Ben AppWizard  Database Project    DevStudio Add in Wizard          Location           ISAPI Extension Wizard  sJMakefile    E Stored Proc Wizard EAMY PROJECTSIMYEXAMPLE  ed    MFC ActiveX ControlWizard  MFC AppWizard  dll      Create new workspace  Baur hop  exe      Add to current worksp  JN New Database Wizard    Ti Utility Project       3  Win32 Application   mu Win32 Console Application      Win32 Dynamic Link Library  i  Win32 Static Library          Platforms   viWin32          cancel     gt  N Build   Debug   Find in Files 1  Findin Files 2   Results       Figure 6 9 Creating a New VC Console Application    Click    OK     you can chose one kind of console application to create  Then a new  console application has been created     3  Config the new project  User should add the path of head files and necessary  Lib file  and config the project in Project Setting   Use can open    Project Setting    in Menu   Poject   Settings     or right click the  new Project and chose    Setting    to open  The configuration is as follows   a  In Common Motion Architecture  the Calling Convention should be   stdcall      so user need to config the Calling convention as follow     Project Settings    Settings For   Win32 Debug v General   Debug C C     Link   Resources   Bi  EW   PCI1245APP    3 E Source Files Catego  Code Generation    Reset     PCI1245APP cpp  E StdAfx cpp Processor  Use run time libr
13.      This function just supports trapezoidal profile on this imposed motion    The end position when motion stops will be the original position added   subtracted Position  And the driver speed will be changed too    The whole speed curve is decided by NewVel of this motion  and   PAR AxVellow  PAR AxVelHigh  PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  PAR AxJerk    of original motion     The range of Position   original position is   2147483647   PPU   2147483647  PPU  and the range of NewVel   orginal FH is  0  CFG AxMaxVel     For example  as follow        The position  after imposed    Note  Can not impose new motion on imposed motion     PCI 1285E does not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    122       6 3 4 6 Simultaneous Motion    6 3 4 6 1 Acm AxSimStartSuspendAbs  Format   U32 Acm AxSimStartSuspendAbs  HAND AxisHandle  F64 EndPoint   Purpose     Set the axis in wait state for simultaneous operation  When started by start  trigger  the axis will start point to point absolute moving to the assigned end                position   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   EndPoint F64 IN The absolute position to move  unit   PPU                    Return Value   Error Code     123 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    Comments     If more than one ax is wanted to do simultaneous operation  should call this  function for each axis     The range of EndPoint is   2147483647  PPU   2147483647  PPU   PCI 1285E does not support this API   
14.     Description       AxisHandle    HAND    IN    Axis handle from Acm AxOpen        HomeMode    U32    IN    HomeMode    0  MODE1 Abs      MODE2 Lmt      MODE3_Ref      MODE4_Abs_Ref      MODE5_Abs_NegRef   MODE6_Lmt_Ref      MODE7 AbsSearch      MODE8 LmtSearch      MODE9 AbsSearch Ref      MODE10_AbsSearch_NegRef    10  MODE11 LmtSearch Ref    11  MODE12 AbsSearchReFind    12  MODE13 LmtSearchReFind    13  MODE14 AbsSearchReFind Ref   14  MODE15 AbsSearchReFind NegRe   15  MODE16 LmtSearchReFind Ref      O 0 N O 01 s EON         Dir          U32          0  Positive direction   1  Negative direction        Return Value     Error Code     Comments     During home motion of MODE3 Ref MODE16 LmtSearchReFind Ref  the  initial velocity will be used in some stages  Therefore  the initial velocity  decided by PAR AxVellow must be larger than zero     If property CFG AxHomeResetEnable is set to be true  command position  and actual position will be reset to be zero after home motion ends     Before using this method  the cross distance should be set through  PAR AxHomeCrossDistance  The speed curve is decided by   PAR AxVellow  PAR AxVelHigh  PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  and  PAR AxJerk     Explanations     The meanings of a  b  c and d in the below figures are    a  The velocity will decrease when trapezoid PTPmotion meets ORG EL signal    b  Trapezoid PTP motion moves with HomeCrossDistance as distance until the  motion finishes  ORG EL signal is in effective    c  Trapezoid PTP take a
15.     G   G Visual C  Visual Studio installed templates    Windows    H Smart Device  G  indows Application class Library  Database  WConsole Application GW Windows Control Library  Starter Kits N A E  i Yeb Control Library GR Windows Service  El Other Languages 7 N N  Visual Basic  Ne  Empty Project glCrystal Reports Application  Windows  H Smart Device By Templates  Database    Starter Kits  Search Online Templates      amp  Visual J   B Visual C    G  Other Project Types  A project for creating an application with a Windows user interface            None   Test Advantech Moti onl _ N  Location   F  CR  Projects v        f  r  Solution Name  Test Advantech Motion    Create directory for solution           Jada to Source Control       87 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    2  Add relevant  dll  a  Click  References  on the top right corner of development environment  as follows     TA Solution     Test Advantech ee  l p        Ga Test Advantech Motion    aj M Build  3 j Rebuild  Clean  Publish     Add    Add Reference       Add Web Reference          b  Click  Browse  of the  Add Reference  dialog box  Select    AdvMotAPI dll    in the     Public    file folder from search path  then click  OK   as follows     Add Reference     NET   COM Projects   Browse   Recent    SEE O        Public    sgbak     S  ADVNOT    l       E  Advilot API  dll     ARAE      AdyMotAPI  dll v  TFH  D  Component Files    dll    tlb    olb    ocx    exe  man W       c  Right click on the Edit interface  sel
16.    CFG_AxCmpEnable       Latch          FT_AxLatchMap       CFG_AxLatchLogic          CFG_AxLatchEnable       AILA               A S   AI Se Se SS SY AAA Ss Ss Ss Ss Ss A Ss Ss Ss Ses A SY SY OS SY  lt        X  X  e  X  X  X  X  X  X  e  e  a  e  e  2  ae ay 2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2  2 22 2 22       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    72          FT AxGenDOMap                                                                                                          N N  Aux Gen DIO      FT_AxGenDlMap N N  CFG AxGenDoEnable V V  FT_AxExtDriveMap y N  FT AxExtMasterSrcMap N N  CFG AxExtMasterSrc N N  Ext Drive CFG AxExtSelEnable X x  CFG_AxExtPulseNum V V  CFG AxExtPulselnMode y N  CFG AxExtPresetNum y y  FT_AxCamDOMap V V  CFG_AxCamDOEnable V X  CFG AxCamDOLoLimit V X   CAM DO Tr  CFG_AxCamDOHiLimit N X  CFG AxCamDOCmpSrc y X  CFG AxCamDOLogic y X  Axis Module CFG AxModuleRange y X  EN FT_AxSimStartSourceMap N N  CFG AxSimStartSource N X  FT_AxIN1Map N V  FT AxIN4Map N V  FT AxIN5Map N V  CFG_AxIN1StopEnable y N  CFG AxIN1StopLogic N N  CFG AxIN2StopEnable N y  CFG_AxIN2StopReact y y   DI Stop     CFG_AxIN2StopLogic N V  CFG AxIN4StopEnable y V  CFG AxIN4StopReact y N  CFG_AxIN4StopLogic N N  CFG AxIN5StopEnable y V  CFG AxIN5StopReact N N  CFG_AxIN6StopLogic y N  S PAR GpGrouplD N V  CFG GpAxeslnGroup N N  CFG GpSFEnable y X  Application CFG GpBldTime N X  op PAR GpRefPlane V X  N N  N N  N N  N N  N N                      Speed Pattern    PAR GpVelLow       PAR GpVelHigh    
17.    Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   pState PU16 OUT Group states     0 STA_GP_DISABLE  1 STA_GP_READY  2 STA_GP_STOPPING  3 STA_GP_ERROR_STOP  4 STA_GP_MOTION   5 STA GP AX MOTION not support   6 STA GP MOTION PATH                      Return Value   Error Code    Comments   If an axis of group is implementing command of single axis motion  the  group s state will be unchanged     6 3 5 2 2 Acm GpGetCmdVel             Format   U32 Acm GpGetCmdVel HAND GroupHandle  PF64 CmdVel   Purpose   Get the current velocity of the group   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GroupHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   CmdVel PF64 OUT Return the current velocity of the group   Unit  PPU s   PPU is of the axis with the low   est ID                        Return Value   Error Code     151 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 5 3    6 3 5 4    Comments     Get the current velocity during interpolation or continuous interpolation of  the group through API                             MotionStop  6 3 5 3 1 Acm GpStopDec  Format   U32 Acm GpStopDec  HAND GroupHandle   Purpose   Command axis in this group to decelerate to stop   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 5 3 2 Acm GpStopEmg  Format   U32 Acm GpStopEmg  HAND GroupHandle   Purpose   Command axis in this group to stop immediately without deceleration   Parameters   
18.    Name Type In orOut Description   AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen  this handle  should be slave  following  axis handle    MasAxisHandle   HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen  this handle  should be master  leading  axis handle    Numerator 132 IN Gear ratio numerator    Denominator 132 IN Gear ratio denominator   RefSrc U32 IN Slave axis engages to master axis s com     mand position  0  or actual position  1         Absolute U32 IN The synchronization is relative to start posi   tion  random position values upon reaching  synchronization  or absolute  0  relative   1 absolute                      Return Value   Error Code   Comments     Slave axis will follow mater axis motion if this functionis called successfully   The master axis and slave axis can not be reset command actual position by  Acm AxSetCmdPosition   Acm AxSetActualPosition in gear motion  The  relationship of master and slave can be terminated by calling the   Acm AxStopDec and Acm AxStopEmg  the axis will return SteadBy status     m Gear Ratio  Numerator Denominator  If the value is positive  the slave will move  at the same direction with master axis  or else it will move at the opponent direc   tion with mater axis    m Absolute       Absolute 1  Absolute relationship  Slave axis will compensate the offset  with master axis  Absolute 0  Relative relationship  Slave axis will not com  pensate any offset with master axis     Start Gear In with relative Start Gear In with absolute  synchroniz
19.    PAR GpAcc       PAR GpDec          PAR GpJerk             73    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 2 6    6 2 6 1    Creating a New Application    For creating a new application under PCI 1285 1285E  user ought to install Common  Motion Examples  there are many examples developed in different language in folder  Advantech Motion Common Examples  user can follow these examples to develop a  new application    After installing CommonMotion examples  user can find two folders Include and Pub   lic in folder  Advantech Motion Common  the files in Public folder are supplied for  user to create applications in different languages  the relationship between files and  developing language is as figure 6 1     Creating a New VC Console Application  For creating a new console application  the procedure is as follow     1  Click File New from the main menu to create your application project and  source code as you would for any other Visual C   program     Je Edt vew Insert Project guld Took Window Hep        l  SS  BG   GW  arc_dir 7            re  Be          HET       Creates a new P  project n A  Figure 6 8 Open File to Creating a New VC Application    2  Define the type of new project as  Win32 Console Application   define the  platform to be  Win32  and assign a project file directory     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 74    Microsoft Visual C    File Edit View Insert Project Build Tools Window Help    a SAI 8 2 2  DAS Wlidec E       Files Projects   Workspaces   Other Documents    
20.    SRC COMMAND POSITION or SRC ACTUAL POSITION     As long as any of the three functions  Acm AxSetCmpData     Acm AxSetCmpAuto   Acm AxSetCmpTable is called  the previously com  pared data will be cleared     At most  there are 100 000 compare data   This function just supports X axis and Y axis currently     If CFG AxGenDoEnable is enabled  the compare function will be disabled   so the compare signal will not be output     PCI 1285E does not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 138    6 3 4 9 3 Acm AxSetCmpAuto                                  Format   U32 Acm AxSetCmpAuto  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Start  F64 End  F64  Interval   Purpose   Set compare data for the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Start F64 IN First compare data   Unit  PPU   End F64 IN Last compare data   Unit  PPU   Interval F64 IN Compare interval   Unit  PPU   Return Value   Error Code     Comments     If property CFG AxCmpMethod is set to MTD GREATER POSITION  the  Start data should be greater than current position  command position or  actual position   The first data will be loaded to comparator  and if the current  position matches the comparator  pulse will be generated  the next compare  data will be loaded to comparator automatically  If property   CFG AxCmpMethod is set to MTD SMALLER POSITION  the Start data  should be smaller than current position  command position or actual  position   The first data wi
21.    Set get the low limit for CAMDO signal   Comments     If CamDo is enabled  when command actual position is between the low  limit value and high limit value  the CamDo signal will triggered     Range   2147483647 21 47483647   PCI 1285E does not support this property     6 4 3 2 16 3 CFG_AxCamDOHiLimit  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   624  Meaning   Set get the high limit for CamDo signal   Comments     If CamDo is enabled  when command actual position is between the low  limit value and high limit value  the CamDo signal will triggered     In PCI 1285  the default value is 20000 PCI 1285E does not support this  property     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 214    Range   2147483647 2147483647    6 4 3 2 16 4 CFG AxCamDOCmpSrc  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   627  Meaning   Set get the compare source        Value Description       0 Command position              1 Feedback position          Comments   In PCI 1285  the default value is 0 PCI 1285E does not support this  property    6 4 3 2 16 5 CFG_AxCamDOLogic   Data Type   U32   R W   RW   PropertylD   628   Meaning   Set get the active logic of CamDO        Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments   In PCI 1285  the default value is 1 PCI 1285E does not support this  property     6 4 3 2 17 Module    6 4 3 2 17 1 CFG AxModuleRange  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   629  Meaning   Set get pulse number when axis moves 360 degree   Comments   This value must be multiple of
22.    Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 6 is stopped              8388608   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 6 is stopped           Comments   The axis will be waiting status if call Acm AxSimStartSuspendAbs     Acm_AxSimStartSuspendRel  or Acm AxSimStartSuspendVel successfully   The axis start motion after calling Acm AxSimStart and stop motion afer  calling Acm AxSimStop    The simultaneous starting mode should be set by this property  If the value  is 1  the waiting axis will start depending on STA signal  It just needs only  one axis of waiting axis to call Acm AxSimStart or Acm_AxSimStop     If the value is 256 8192  the simultaneous starting signal comes from  compare signal  Every axis needs to assign compare signal source  but    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 216    cannot assign compare signal of itself to start its simultaneous motion  And  ervery simultaneous axis needs to call Acm AxSimStop to stop motion     If the value is 65536 2097152  the wait axis will be started simultaneous  motion when specified axis s motion is stoped  Every axis needs to specify  an axis  but can not be itself  And ervery simultaneous axis needs to call  Acm AxSimStop to stop motion     If the value is 0  The simultaneous motion is disabled   You can get axis supported simultaneous mode from  FT AxSimStartSourceMap   PCI 1285E does not support this property    6 4 3 2 19 Trigger Stop    6 4 3 2 19 1 CFG AxIN1StopEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   635  Meaning   Enab
23.    There are two types of Camming   Periodic    Periodic  Once a curve is executed the camming immediately starts again at the  beginning of the curve  As follow     UUUU    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 102       Non periodic  After a curve is executed the execution stops     n    m MasterAbsolute and SlaveAbsolute  Absolute  When absolute camming is set  the control values or the slave values  based on the CamTable are interpreted as being absolute  The system compen   sates any offset developing between the leading and following axis during syn   chronization  When synchronism is reached  a defined phase relationship is  established between the control value and the slave value   Relative  When relative camming is set  this means that any offsets between  the control value and the slave value are not compensated for during synchroni   zation   For example  sectional drawing from Utility as follows   The initial cam curve is as follow     N    Master      Master axis  Absolute  Slave axis  Relative     Slave    Slave       Start posistion               4    360    Viaster    Start posistion       103 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual      Master axis  Relative  Slave axis  Absolute     Slave    Start posistion    Master    Start posistion       PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     6 3 2 11 Acm_DevLoadCAMTableFile    Format     U32 Acm_DevLoadCAMTableFile  HAND DeviceHandle  PI8 FilePath  U32  CamTablelD  PU32 Range  PU32 PointsCount                       Purpose   Load Cam Tabl
24.   6 3 4 6 2 Acm AxSimStartSuspendRel  Format   U32 Acm AxSimStartSuspendRel  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Distance   Purpose     Set the axis in wait state for simultaneous operation  When started by start  trigger  the axis will start point to point relative moving to the assigned end                               position   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   EndPoint F64 IN The relative position to move  unit   PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If more than one ax is wanted to do simultaneous operation  should call this  function for each axis     The range of EndPoint is   2147483647  PPU   2147483647  PPU   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 6 3 Acm_AxSimStartSuspendVel  Format   U32 Acm AxSimStartSuspendVel  HAND AxisHandle  U16 DriDir   Purpose     Set the axis in wait state for simultaneous operation  When started by start  trigger  the axis will start continuously moving              Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   DriDir U16 IN Direction     0  Positive direction   1  Negative direction                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If more than one ax is wanted to do simultaneous operation  should call this  function for each axis     PCI 1285E does not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 124    6 3 4 7    6 3 4 6 4 Acm AxSimStart  Format   U32 Acm AxSimStart  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose     Simu
25.   Description  DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle from Acm_DevOpen   AxEnableEvtArray  PU32   IN Array n   enable interrupt event for each axis  n  is the axis count of motion device   Array is of 32 bits data type  each bit repre   sents different Event types    Bit 31 6   He 4  3 2   A o   Description  Reserved EVT_AX_ EVT_AX_  EVT AX  UA CON Ja eo EV  AX   ped eae VH END  VH START ERROR   PC  Bit n   1  Enable event   Bit n   0  Disable event   GpEnableEvtArray   PU32   IN Array n   enable interrupt event for each group   GpEnableEvtArray is 32 bits data type array  and currently the value of n can only be 1   n long eg   monon  0  DONE DONE DONE  von   etre  wm o  a  1  ai      oe VH END   VH END VH END  Bit n   1  Enable event   Bit n   0  Disable event   Note  For EVT GPn MOTION DONE  nis  GrouplD  It can be got form PAR GpGrouplD  property   AxArrayElements   U32 IN number of AxEvtStatusArray elements  GpArrayElements   U32 IN number of GpEvtStatusArray elements  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     After enable some events of axis or groups  the event status can be get from  Acm CheckMotionEvent     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    100       6 3 2 9 Acm DevDownloadCAMTable    Format     U32 Acm DevDownloadCAMTable  HAND DeviceHandle  U32  CamTablelD  PF64 pMasterArray  PF64 pSlaveArray  PF64  pPointRangeArray  PF64 pPointSlopeArray  U32 ArrayElements     Purpose     This function downloads a CAM table profile which describes the ratio  relationship of leading and f
26.   DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DoChannel U16 IN DO channel 0   7   BitData PU8 OUT Returned value 0 or 1   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DO     111 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 3 2 Analog Input Output    6 3 3 2 1 Acm DagAiGetRawData  Format     U32 Acm DagAiGetRawData HAND DeviceHandle   U16 AiChannel  PU16 AiData                                   Purpose   Get the binary value of an analog input value   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   AiChannel U16 IN Al channel  0 or 1   AiData PU16 OUT Pointer to the returned binary Al value   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support Al functions    In PCI 1265  there are two Al channels  0 and 1    The channel can be set to Single Ended or Differential through  CFG DagAiChanType property  If it is set to Single Ended  users  can get Al value through any channel  if it is set to Differential   users can only get Al value through Channel 1     6 3 3 2 2 Acm_DagAiGetVoltData    Format     U32 Acm DagAiGetVoltData HAND DeviceHandle   U16 AiChannel  PF32 AiData                                   Purpose   Get the actual analog input value   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   AiChannel U16 IN Al channel  0 or 1   AiData PF32 OUT Pointer to the returned analog value   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1
27.   Ext Preset Num The number of output driving pulses when an  active edge of input pulse is accept in JOG  mode    Ext Pulse In Mode Sets the pulse input mode for external drive    HLMT HLMT Enable Enables Disables the hardware limit signal    HLMT Logic Sets the active logic for hardware limit signal    HLMT React Sets the reacting mode for hardware limit sig   nal    Home Home Ex Mode Sets the stopping modes for HomeEx      Home Cross Distance   Sets the home cross distance  Unit  Pulse   for homing    Home Ex Switch Sets the stopping condition for HomeEx      Mode   ORG Logic Sets the active logic for ORG signal    EZ Logic Sets the active logic for EZ signal    Home Reset Enable   Enables Disables reset logical counter after  homing for source axis    ORG React Sets the reacting mode for ORG signal    In Position Inp Enable Enables Disables In Position function for  source axis    Inp Logic Sets the active logic for In Position signal    Latch Latch Enable Enables Disables latch function for source  axis    Latch Logic Sets the active logic for latch signal    Pulse In Pulse In Mode Sets the encoder feedback pulse input mode  for source axis    Pulse In Logic Sets the active logic for encoder feedback  pulse input signal    Pulse In Source Sets the source for encoder feedback pulse  input signal    Pulse In Max Sets the maximum freguency of encoder   Freguency pulse input signal    Pulse Out Pulse Out Mode Sets the command pulse output mode for  Source axis    SD SD Enabl
28.   Proiects  Browse   Recent     TE OD  O Public    0   sebak   S  ADYMOT  a11    EN Advilot APT  dll    v    XZA    AddlotAPI  al  TFH T   Component Files     dll    tlb    olb    ocx    exe    man vi      OK Cancel               c  Right click on the Edit interface  select  View Code  to enter the program source  code compilation interface  as follows     8 Lock Controls       iS    ip Properties    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 84    d  Add    using Advantech Motion    under original referred namespaces  as follows     l Busing System    2   using System  Collections  Generic   3   using System  ComponentModel    4   using System  Data    5   using System  Drawing    5   using System  Text      l using System  Windows  Forms    gil   a    sing Advantech  Motion     3  Coding  a  Ul design    Double click  Form1 cs  or right click to select  View Designer  on  Form1 cs   then  the UI edit interface will appear  as follows      od Solution  Test Advantech Motion     1 proj    A Test Advantech Motion   H dg  Properties   H sij References       ES          iy Open  E Open With     cf  Ps    E  View Code    El vem    Po View Class Diagram          Exclude From Project    You can drag any Control Component you need from the left Toolbox to edit user  interface  as follows     Toolbox v 1 x Formi  cst Forml cs  Design   Start Page    All Windows Foras a  R Pointer    5 Background  orker             7  BindingNavi gator  ty BindingSource       O  O O  CETE EEN   CheckBox 9        s  C
29.   and I O status   Alarm  SLMTP N and etc       EF  Axis Status Information    Motion Status  State   Error Status  Velocity   Actual Position  Command Position    SIMT        Move Test  The operation is as follows     Move Test    After motion mode is selected  click   lt     or     gt    the axis will do P to P Continue   Homing movement in negative or positive direction    After the movement velocity reaches VelHigh in point to point motion  you can click   Move Impose  to generate a superimposed movement  the distance of the imposed  movement is the value of New Pos and the velocity of the imposed movement is the  value of New Vel  You can observe specific movement speed curve through clicking   Speed Chart      Click  Stop   the motion will be stopped     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 36    5 3 6    5 3 7    5 3 8    5 3 8 1    5 3 8 2    5 3 9    Position    Position    Command  0    By  Position  status  users can observe the command position and feedback position  while in operation     Click  Reset   you can reset the value to  0      Current Axis Status    Current State   Ready    Command Velocity  lo    You can check the current status and command speed  For details  refer to the  description about State in Acm_AxGetState function which is listed in Common API of  Programming guide     DI O Status    Display the current status of 4 DI and 4 DO of the selected axis  You can also operate  the DO to be ON OFF     DI O Status    DI  3 0  DO  7 4   INS JOG  IN4 JOGH IN2 RD
30.   function     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API    6 3 2 15 Acm DevMDagStop                            Format   U32 Acm DevMDagStop  HAND DeviceHandle   Purpose   Stop recording MotionDAO related data   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device Handle   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     6 3 2 16 Acm DevMDagReset  Format     U32 Acm DevMDagReset  HAND DeviceHandle   U16 ChannellD                                Purpose   Clear MotionDAO related data of corresponding ChannellD   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device Handle   ChannellD U16 IN Channel ID  The range is 0   3   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     107 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 2 17 Acm DevMDagGetStatus  Format     U32 Acm_DevMDaqGetStatus HAND DeviceHandle   U16 ChannellD  PU16 CurrentCnt  PU8 Status                                      Purpose   Get MotionDAQ status of corresponding ChannellD   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device Handle   ChannellD U16 IN Channel ID  The range is 0   3   CurrentCnt PU16 OUT Return current count that has been  recorded   Status PU8 OUT Return current status   0  Ready   1  Waiting Trigger   2  Started   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     6 3 2 18 Acm DevMDagGetData  Format   U32 Acm DevMDagGetData HAND DeviceHandle   U16 ChannellD  U16 Startlndex  U16 MaxCount  Pl32 DataBuffer   Purpose     Get all data 
31.   specified ratio   Acm GpGetCmdVel N V  Get current velocity of the group   Motion Acm_GpStopDec N y   Decelerated stop   Stop Acm GpStopEmg N y _ Emergency stop   PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 68             Group    Command relative linear                                                                                  Acm GpMoveLinearRel y Vv     interpolation   Acm_GpMoveLinearAbs N y Command absolute near  interpolation   Acm_GpMoveCircularRel N X _ Command relative arc interpolation   Acm GpMoveCircularAbs N X command LU  interpolation   Acm GpMoveCircularRel 3P y X Command PINE Ion  interpolation   Acm GpMoveCircularAbs 3P y X ammang APOENA  interpolation   Complete circular interpolation  Acm GpMoveCircularRel Ang through relative center  V X      le coordinates and angle  amp  direction of  rotaion   Interpolati  on Motion Complete circular interpolation  Acm GpMoveCircularAbs An through absolute center  V X    w  gle coordinates and angle  amp  direction of  rotaion   Acm GpMoveDirectAbs N 4 Command absolute directlinear  interpolation   Acm GpMoveDirectRel a  N Command relative direct linear  interpolation   Acm_GpMoveHelixRel y X Oman SAN  interpolation   Acm GpMoveHelixAbs y x  Command absolute helix  interpolation   Acm_GpMoveHelixRel_3P ai Xx Command relative 3 point helix  interpolation   Acm GpMoveHelixAbs 3P N X Command absolute 3 point helix  interpolation   Acm GpAddPath N y  Add one path into system buffer   Acm GpResetPath N v _  Reset path system buffer  
32.  0 axis 0       1 axis 1  Not support        2 axis 2  Not support        3 axis 3  Not support                 Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  only support 0     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 212    6 4 3 2 15 2 CFG AxExtPulseNum  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   613  Meaning   Set command pulse number when axis  external drive mode is MPG and the  A B or B A phase signal is triggered   Comments   In this PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1  This value must be larger  than zero   6 4 3 2 15 3 CFG AxExtPulselnMode  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   617  Meaning   Set get external drive pulse input mode                                Value Description   0 1XAB   1 2XAB   2 4XAB   3 CCW CW  Comments     6 4 3 2 15 4 CFG AxExtPresetNum   Data Type   U32   R W   RW   PropertylD   618   Meaning   Set get pulse number of external drive when an active edge of input pulse is  accept in JOG mode    Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1 This value must lager than zero     213 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 2 16 Cam Do    6 4 3 2 16 1 CFG_AxCamDOEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   622  Meaning   Set get cam DO enable diable        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     CamDO and OUT4 use the same pin  if the CFG AxGenDoEnable is  enabled  OUT4 isn t able to output CamDO signal     PCI 1285E does not support this property     6 4 3 2 16 2 CFG AxCamDOLoLimit  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   623  Meaning
33.  1  CFG AxPPU     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 500 000 000     6 4 3 2 2 3 CFG_AxMaxDec  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   555  Meaning   Configure the max deceleration for the motion axis  Unit  PPU S     Comments     This property   s max value  FT AxMaxDec   CFG AxPPU and min value    1  CFG AxPPU     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 500 000 000     6 4 3 2 2 4 CFG AxMaxJerk  Data Type   F64  R W   R  PropertylD   556  Meaning   Get max jerk configuration for the motion axis   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 1     6 4 3 2 3 Pulse In    6 4 3 2 3 1 CFG AxPulselnMode  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   557  Meaning   Set get encoder feedback pulse input mode                                Value Description   0 1XAB   1 2XAB   2 4XAB   3 CCW CW  Comments     199 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 2 3 2 CFG AxPulselnLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   558  Meaning   Set  get logic of encoder feedback pulse        Value Description                      0 Not inverse direction  1 Inverse direction  Comments     6 4 3 2 3 3 CFG AxPulselnMaxFreg  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   632  Meaning   Set  get encode max pulse in frequency        Value Description       0 500KHz       1 1MHz       2 2MHz       3 4MHz                Comments   6 4 3 2 4 Pulse Out    6 4 3 2 4 1 CFG AxPulseOutMode  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   560  Meaning   Set get command pulse output mode        Value Description       1 OUT DIR       
34.  1 Toggle mode   Comments     Toggle mode  inverse DO output when compare signal happens   In PCI 1285  the default value is 0 PCI 1285E does not support this  property    6 4 3 2 13 Latch    6 4 3 2 13 1 CFG AxLatchLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   601  Meaning   Set get the active logic for Latch signal        Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     When the Latch is triggered  the command position  actual position and lag  distance will be latched     PCI 1285E does not support this property     6 4 3 2 13 2 CFG AxLatchEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   631  Meaning   Enable disable latch function        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     PCI 1285E does not support this property     211 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 2 14 Aux Gen DIO    6 4 3 2 14 1 CFG AxGenDoEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   610  Meaning   Enable disabe the axis general DO function        Value Description       0 Disabled             1 Enabled          Comments   If property CFG AxGenDoEnable is enabled  the property  CFG AxCmpEnable  CFG AxCamDoEnable and CFG AxErcEnableMode  is disabled automatically  Functions Acm AxSetCmpData   Acm AxSetCmpTable  Acm AxSetCmpAuto will not be able to output  signal   6 4 3 2 15 Ext Drive    6 4 3 2 15 1 CFG AxExtMasterSrc  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   611  Meaning   Set get input pin for external drive        Value Description      
35.  1 starts to trigger      Axis 2 starts to trigger      Axis 3 starts to trigger      Axis 4 starts to trigger  PCl1245 E  does not  support    8  Axis 5 starts to trigger  PCI1245 E  does not  support    9  Axis 6 starts to trigger  PCI1265 PC11245 E   does not support    10  Axis 7 starts to trigger  PCI1265 PC11245 E   does not support    11  Axis 8 starts to trigger  PC11265 PC11245 E   does not support    12  Axis 9 starts to trigger  PCI1265 PC11245 E   does not support    13  Axis 10 starts to trigger  PCI1265 PC11245 E   does not support    14  Axis 11 starts to trigger  PCI1265 PC11245 E   does not support     NOOR ON O       ChanType    U32    Get Channel Type    0  Command Position    1  Actual Position    2  Lag Position  Difference value between Com   mand Position and Actual Position     3  Command Velocity  PCl1265 PC11245 E  does  not support        Count          U32          Specify a data count  The range is 0   2000        Return Value     Error Code     Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     105 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 3 2 13 Acm DevMDagGetConfig  Format     U32 Acm_DevMDagGetConfig  HAND DeviceHandle   U16 ChannellD  PU32 Period  PU32 AxisNo  PU32 Method   PU32 ChanType  PU32 Count     Purpose   Get MotionDAO related values of a specified ChannellD   Parameters        Name Type In or Out   Description       DeviceHandle   HAND   IN Device Handle        ChannellD U16 IN Specify to a MDag Channel to get the configura   tions  Th
36.  1285E User Manual                                                                                     EVT AX MOTION DONE N a FL happens when axis motion is  EVT_AX_COMPARED N X Event happens when compare is  matched   EVT AX LATCH y X _ Event happens when Latch occurs   EVT_AX_ERROR 4 X Event happens when an error  occurs   Event happens when motion  Device  Event SAN N N velocity reaches High Speed   EVT AX VH END N J Trigger happens when motion  slows down   EVT_GPn_MOTION_DONE N N Event happens when group motion  is done   EVT GPn VH START 4 N Event happens when group motion  velocity reaches High Speed   EVT GPn VH END 4 N Trigger happens when group  motion slows down   Acm DagDiGetByte X X DAO function  Acm DagDiGetBit X X  i Acm DagDoSetByte X X  npu  sa Acm DagDoSetBit X X  Acm DagDoGetByte X X  DAO Acm DagDoGetBit X X  Analog Acm DagAiGetRawData X X  Input   aren Acm_DagAiGetVoltData X X  Private      Acm DevReadEEPROM Ex y y _   Read EEPROM private data   Data Read   amp  Write     Acm_DevWriteEEPROM_Ex   V V Write EEPROM private data   PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 66             Axis                                                                                  Acm AxOpen N V _  Open axis   SYSTEM  Acm AxClose V V  Close axis   Acm_AxResetError y Vv  Reset error when axis is error stop     Acm AxSetSvOn y   Open Servo Driver   Motion I O      Acm AxGetMotionlO N V  Get status of motion 1O   Motion Acm AxGetMotionStatus y    Get status of current motion   Status Acm
37.  1285E User Manual    Parameters                                      Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   RefArray PF64 IN Absolute position of reference point   EndArray PF64 IN Absolute position of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must be equal to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group    Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR_CW  clockwise   1  DIR_CCW  counterclockwise           Return Value   Error Code   Comments        The sequence of data in RefArray and EndArray must follow the order of X  axis  Y axis  Z axis  U axis and so on  For example  if one group has Y axis  and U axis  the first data in RefArray means Y axis  reference position and  the second data means U axis  reference position  The unit of distance in  RefArray and EndArray is PPU of each axis in group     At most  it just supports 2 axes arc interpolation in PCI 1285  PCI 1285E  does not support this API     6 3 5 4 7 Acm GpMoveDirectAbs                Format   U32 Acm GpMoveDirectAbs  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 PositionArray   PU32 ArrayElements   Purpose   Command group to execute absolute direct line interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   PositionArray PF64 IN Distance array of axis in group  each  value of array elements represent the  axis absolute position   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element coun
38.  4     215 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    It is used in tangent motion and E cam motion  See about  Acm AxTangentlnGp  Acm DevDownLoadCAMTable and  Acm AxCamlnAx     In PCI 1285  the default value is 0 PCI 1285E does not support this  property   Range  0   8 000 000   6 4 3 2 18 Simultaneity    6 4 3 2 18 1 CFG AxSimStartSource  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   633  Meaning   Set get simultaneous starting mode for current axis                                      Value Description   0 Disabled   1 Start Simultaneous Starting on signal from STA Pin on device   Default   256 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis O s compare signal   512 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 1 s compare signal  1024 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 2 s compare signal  2048 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 3 s compare signal  4096 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 4 s compare signal  8192 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 5 s compare signal  16384 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 6 s compare signal  32768 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 5 s compare signal       65536 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis O is stopped        131072   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 1 is stopped        262144   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 2 is stopped        524288   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 3 is stopped        1048576   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 4 is stopped        2097152   Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 5 is stopped        4194304
39.  6 12 Add Head Files Path    c  Set the necessary Lib file    The Lib file    ADVMOT lib    which is corresponding to    ADVMOT dll    in folder system   root  system32  is supplied for user to develop application easily  This Lib file is in     Public    folder after installing example package    User should pay attention the path of the head files     Project Settings       lt 3 Source Files     PCI1245APP cpp  2  StdAfx cpp    G Header Files   D StdAfx h     Resource Files   S  ReadMe ba       Settings For   Win32 Debug v       General   Debug   C C Link   Resources   Bi      Reset       Category    General    Output file name    Debug PCl1245APP cxe            v Generate debug info  F Link incrementally  F Enable profiling    Ignore all default libraries  Generate mapfile    Project Options        comdlg32 lib advapi32 lib shell32 lib ole32 lib  joleaut32 lib uuid lib odbc32 lib odbccp32 lib    Cancel    Figure 6 13 Setting Lib File Path    When finish the project setting  user can build this project if build successfully     4  Write the code    include  stdafx h    include  lt wtypes h gt     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    76     include  lt stdio h gt    include  AdvMotApi h      define MAX CNT 100    int main int argc  char  argv            ULONG errcde   HAND devHandle   HAND axHandle MAX_CNT    ULONG devNum   devCnt buffLen  axisCntPerDev   USHORT i   DEVLIST devList MAX_CNT      Step1  Get available devices by calling API  Acm GetAvailableDevs   errcde   Acm GetAvai
40.  9 Wed Site     Close T Eile    Ctrl N       Project From Existing Code       In the new form  the default language is    Visual CH     select  Windows Application   template  Configure the Name  Location and Solution Name  Same as Name by  default   and then click  OK      83 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Hew Project    Project types  Templates     3 Visual Cf Visual Studio installed templates    LEET CLE  E Smart Device GflYindews Application Class Library  Database GAYindows Control Library Gated Control Library  Starter Kits  BConscle Application GFAindows Service  4  Other Languages N Bs  E  Other Project Types  Ea Eapty Project FAtrystad Reports Application    By Teaplates     39Seareh Online Templates    A project for creating an application with a Windows user interface    Home  WindowsApplication3  v    Location  F  C  Projects  Micreate directory for solution     A44 to Soyrce Control    Solution Name  WindowsApplication3       2  Add relevant  dll  a  Click  References  on the top right corner of development environment  as follows      ad Solution Test Advantech Motion     1 projec  3 A Test Advantech Motion  E 2 Properties  S oy References      O System     O System  Data     O System  Deployment     O System  Drawing     O System  Windows  Forms      2 Svstem  Xml    b  Click  Browse  of the  Add Reference  dialog box  Select    AdvMotAPI dll    in the     Public    file folder from search path  then click  OK   as follows     Add Reference    oe    NET COM     
41.  Acm_GpLoadPath N V  Load a path file     Acm_GpUnloadPath N v _ Unload path   a  Acm_GpMovePath N V _  Move path in system buffer   Acm GpGetPathStatus N V _  Get current path status   Acm_GpMoveSelPath N V _  Move assigned range paths   Acm GpGetPathlndexStatus N V _  Get status of assigned index path        69    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 2 5 Property Support List       Type    Property    PCI 1285    PCI 1285E       Feature    FT DevlpoTypeMap    N    N       FT DevAxesCount       FT DevFunctionMap       FT DevOverflowCntr       FT DevMDAOTypeMap       FT DevMDAOTrigMap       FT DevMDAOMaxChan       FT DevMDAOMaxBufCount       Device    Configure    CFG DevBoardlD       CFG DevBaseAddress       CFG Devlnterrupt       CFG DevBusNumber       CFG DevSlotNumber       CFG DevDriverVersion       CFG DevDllVersion       CFG DevFirmVersion       CFG DevCPL DVersion       Feature  DAQ    FT_DaqDiMaxChan       FT_DaqDoMaxChan       FT_DaqAiRangeMap       FT_DaqAiMaxSingleChan       FT_DaqAiMaxDiffChan       FT_DaqAiResolution       Configure    CFG_DaqAiChanType       CFG_DaqAiRanges       Axis System          FT_AxFunctionMap       CFG_AxPPU          CFG_AxPhyID       Lj e  e  X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X ej e  a  ae a ae ej e  SY    e  2  2  2  2  2       Lj e  e  X  X  X  X  X  X  X  X ej e  a  ae a ae ej e  Sy S  e  2  2  2  2  2       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    70             FT AxMaxVel       FT AxMaxAcc       FT AxMaxDec       FT AxMaxJerk       CFG AxMaxVel       CFG 
42.  Ax  Ax    Channel_3 10 is 0 M MQ TRIG DISABLE     Y  Cad Position Y 2000       2  Function Opeartions  MDAQ Start  Start motion data acquisition function  When trigger conditions are  met  the acquisition of motion data will be started  MDAQ Stop  Stop motion data  acquisition   Clear  Clear curve of each channel    3  Curve Display  When MDAQ Start is started  data acquisition will be started when trigger condi   tions are met  You can check current sample count the status of each channel   which is shown as below     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 26    Motion DAQ Config Status                ChannelID Period     AxisNo Method Count Status  Channel    10 iz 0 M  MO TRIG SY  Channel 1 10  Channel 2 10    Channel 3    ChanType CurCount  M Cad Position    2000 337 Started             Ax  Axis O M MO TRIG SY  Axis_O M MR TRIG SY  Ax    10       When data acquisition is finished  the curve of corresponding acquisition data of  each channel will be displayed in the below picture box  which is shown as  bleow                          4  Display  Display area in the uppper right corner is to configure the color of each channel  curve and the max value of vertical coordinate of picture box  Select a color  from combo box  then the color of corresponding curve will be changed     5 2 2 7 Hide Tree  This button is provided to hide show Device Tree     If Device Tree is currently shown  click the button to hide it and the text on the button  will change to  Show Tree      If Device Tree i
43.  Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  6 Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  T Axis  5 3 2 Motion Params Set  After finishing the parameter setting for operation  click  Set Parameters  to save the  values to device   5 3 2 1  Basic Parameter Setup  It s mainly about the settings of distance Distance  in point to point movement  initial  velocity  VelLow   movement velocity  VelHigh   acceleration  Acc   and deceleration   Dec   in single axis motion  movement distance  New Pos   and velocity  New Vel  in  superimposed movement  Move Impose    5 3 2 2 Speed Pattern  Set the speed pattern of movement  which can be trapezoidal pattern  Trapezi  or S   type  S curve    5 3 2 3 View Set Range    Click  View Set Range  to check or set the maximum velocity  acceleration and decel   eration  The dialog will show as follow     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 28    5 3 2 4    5 3 2 5     E  Max Speed Paramters Setup    Max Velocity    Range  0 5000000     Max Acceleration  50000000  00   Range  1 500000000     Max Deceleration  50000000  00   Range  1 500000000     4000000  00    Note  VelHigh in Single axis Motion can not be greater than the Max Velocity  Acc   can not be greater than the Max Acceleration and Dec  can not be greater       PPU S  PPU S      PPU S      than the Max Deceleration     Move Mode    Select Move Mode  There are three move modes in single axis motion  P to P  point  to point motion   Continue  constant speed continuous motion   Homing  homing    motion      Speed Chart    By clicking  Speed Ch
44.  AxisHandle  PF64 TableArray  132  ArrayCount   Purpose   Set compare data list for the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND JIN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   TableArray PF64 IN Compare data table   Unit  PPU   ArrayCount 132 IN Compare data count in the table  Return Value   Error Code     Comments        If property CFG AxCmpMethod is set to MTD GREATER POSITION  the  first data in table should be greater than current position  command position  or actual position  and the compare data should be greater than last  compare data in table  After setting the compare table  the first data will be  loaded to comparator  and if the current position matches the comparator   pulse will be generated  the next compare data will be loaded to comparator  automatically  If property CFG AxCmpMethod is set to   MTD SMALLER POSITION  the first data in table should be smaller than  current position  command position or actual position  and the compare data  should be smaller than last compare data in table  The first data will be  loaded to comparator  and if the current position matches the comparator   pulse will be generated  the next compare data will be loaded to comparator  automatically    Before setting compare data  set property CFG AxCmpEnable to   CMP Enable first  If you want to close compare function  you only need to  set property CFG AxCmpEnable to CMP Disable and nothing is necessary  to clear compare data  You can set CFG AxCmpSrc to
45.  Data Type Redefinition  The table of redefinition of data types and windows common data types is as follows                                                                                New Type   Windows Data Type Comments   U8 UCHAR 8 bit unsigned integer   U16 USHORT 16 bit unsigned integer   U32 ULONG 32 bit unsigned integer   U64 ULONGLONG 64 bit unsigned integer   18 CHAR 8 bit signed integer   116 SHORT 16 bit signed integer   132 INT 32 bit signed integer   164 LONGLONG 64 bit signed integer   F32 FLAOT 32 bit Floating point variable   F64 DOUBLE 64 bit Floating point variable   PU8 UCHAR   Pointer to 8 bit unsigned integer  PU16 USHORT   Pointer to 16 bit unsigned integer  PU32 ULONG   Pointer to 32 bit unsigned integer  PU64 ULONGLONG   Pointer to 64 bit unsigned integer  PI8 CHAR   Pointer to 8 bit signed integer  Pl16 SHORT   Pointer to 16 bit signed integer  PI32 INT  Pointer to 32 bit signed integer  Pl64 LONGLONG   Pointer to 64 bit signed integer  PF32 FLAOT   Pointer to 32 bit Floating point variable  PF64 DOUBLE   Pointer to 64 bit Floating point variable       The initial character F l U represents the data type  and the digital represents the  length of data     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 54    6 1 2    6 1 4    About Error Code    Every API in Common Motion Architecture will get a returned code when it is called   The returned code represents a calling result  About the detail error code  see about  Appendix  User can get error message according to the 
46.  E Gear V V  E CAM  Error check Error status  Watchdog y N  CAM DO Position window output N  Posi  latch N  Simultaneously Start Stop   Simultaneously Start Stop N  Axes Axes stop N N  Interrupt  Group Group stop N N  Single Compare Up to 8 channels N  Trigger Table Up to 2 channels N  Function Compare  Linear Compare  Table size  100 K points  N       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    236          Appendix B    Specifications          B 1 Axis    Item  Number of axis    Description  8       Type of control output          Pulse       B 2 Digital Input    Item    Description                                  Channels LMT  LMT   ORG  INP  ALM  EMG  LTC  RDY  Type One terminal  opto isolated  L max  4Vdc  Input voltage H min  10Vdc  H max  30Vdc  Max  input delay time 150us  Protection 2 500V Isolation  Input resistance 8 4kKO       B 3 High Speed Digital Input                            Channels JOG   JOG    Type One terminal  opto isolated  L max  3Vdc   Input voltage H min  10Vdc  H max  30Vdc   Max  input delay time 1us   Protection 2 500V Isolation   Input resistance 8 4kO             B 4 Digital Output                      Item Description  Channels SVON  ERC  CAM DO  CMP  Type One terminal  opto isolated  sink type  Low 10Vdc  Operation Voltage  High 30Vdc  Max  sink current 60mA per channel  Max  output delay time 15us       Protection          2 500V Isolation       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    238                B 5 Pulse Input                         Item Description  Ma
47.  Load CAMTable File  to choose binary file  the CAM Table will be saved  in the hard drive     Note  Before you save  you should set up the  CAMTablelD  first  The    value is O or 1  After you execute this step  the CAMTablelD cannot      be changed before you dissolve the syncrhonozation relation     5 5 1 4 2 Download CAMTable    If CAM Table has edited in CAM Editor  you can use  Download CAMTable  to save  the CAM Table into hard drive     Note  Before you save  you should set up the  CAMTablelD  first  The  N value is O or 1  After you execute this step  the CAMTablelD cannot      be changed before you dissolve the syncrhonozation relation     47 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 5 1 4 3 Configuration  Configure cam motion and establish cam synchronization     CAM Motion Configuration    CamTable ID   0 v Camming Type  Non periodic W  Master Movement Mode Slave Movement Mode    O Absolute  9  Relative    Absolute  9  Relative  MasterOffset  O SlaveDffset   U  MasterScaling 1 SlaveScaling  1    Reference Source Download CAMTable  G  O   3  Command Pos  _ Feedback Pos   CAM In    Before the establishment of cam synchronization  you need to configure the following  parameters     1  Camming Type   a  Non periodic  non circular pattern  If you select this mode  after the Master axis runs a    complete cycle  the Slave axis will no longer follow the Master axis according to CAM  curve     b Periodic  circular pattern  If you select this mode  the Slave axis will always follow 
48.  Note     E    This function is not supported by PCI 1285E  Input for this column in  Utility is not allowed     45 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 5 1 4 CAM Editor  Click  CAM Editor   the following dialog will show up                    CETE      MedaleRange  10000 Puse  Change      atisa Mode                Left upper corner is E CAM curve graphic box  left lower corner is Velocity curve  graphic box  right upper corner is CAM Table  right lower corner is operation panel     1  Operation Mode    a  Add Point  you can directly add CAM points on the E CAM Curve  Whenever you add  one point  CAM Curve will be redrawed  Wherein  CAM Point is espressed with a small  red solid circle and CAM Curve is expressed with blue curve  In this operation mode  the  shape of the mouse is cross  When the form is opened first time or the CAM curve has not  been edited  the operation mode is  Add Point  mode by default     b  Select Point  you can select the corresponding CAM Point to drag and drop  At the same  time  CAM Curve will be changed accordingly  In this operation mode  the shape of the  mouse is arrow  When the form is opened again or the CAM curve has been edited  the  default operation mode is  Select Point  mode    2  CAM Table  The CAM Table formed by edited CAM Point is shown on the top right  It is note   worthy that  the X_Pos and Y_Pos of the first row of CAM Table  that is the first  CAM Point  must be zero  which means the Master axis s starting position is 0   the Slave 
49.  Panasonic MINAS A servo    m PCL 10153YS5   PCL 10153YS5 is a 50 pin cable connecting  ADAM 3956 to Yaskawa Sigma V servo    m PCL 10153MJ3   PCL 10153MJ3 is a 50 pin cable connecting  ADAM 3956 to Mitsubishi J3 servo    m PCL 10153DA2   PCL 10153DA2 is a 50 pin cable connecting  ADAM 3956 to Delta A2 servo     3 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Installation    This chapter instructs users how  to proceed step by step process  for driver and hardware installa     tion        2 1    2 2    Unpacking    After receiving your PCI 1285 1285E package  inspect the contents first  The pack   age should include the following items    m PCI 1285 1285E card   m CD ROM  DLL driver  amp  user manual included    The PCI 1285 1285E card has certain electronic components vulnerable to electro   static discharge  ESD   ESD could easily damage the integrated circuits and certain  components if preventive measures are not carefully taken     Before removing the card from the antistatic plastic bag  you should take following   precautions to ward off possible ESD damage    m Touch the metal part of your computer chassis with your hand to discharge static  electricity accumulated on your body  Or one can also use a grounding strap    m Touch the antistatic bag to a metal part of your computer chassis before opening  the bag    m Hold of the card only by the metal bracket when taking it out of the bag     After taking out the card  you should first    m Inspect the card
50.  Source ID  1    3  _ To develop applications with Microsoft Visual Studio 2008 2010    Method 1  Copy app manifest from examples to the project  as in VS2005    Method 2  Directly change settings of project privilege management  Click  Proj   ect Properties   gt  Configuration Properties    gt  Linker    gt  Manifest File    gt  UAC  Execution Level    gt  reguireAdministrator     Method 3  Check the  Enable ClickOnce Security Setting  option in  Security   column of  Project perperties   and the Manifest file will be automatically gener   ated under  Properties   Open the Manifest file and change the content marked  by the red box in the following image to     lt requestedExecutionLevel  level  reguireAdministrator  uiAccess  false    gt      Uncheck the  Enable Click   Once Security Setting  option in Security column of  Project properties      PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 56     lt requestedPrivileges xnlns  urn schenas microsoft com asm v3   gt    lt t   UAC Manifest Options  If you want to change the Windows User Account Control level replace the  requestedExecutionLevel node with one of the following      lt reguestedExecutionLevel level  asInvoker  uifccess  false    gt    lt reguestedExecutionLevel level  reguirendministrator  uinccess  False    gt    lt reguestedExecutionLevel level  highestfvailable  uiftccess  false      gt     Specifying reguestedExecutionLevwel node will disable file and registry virtualization     If you want to utilize File and Registry Virtuali
51.  W   RW  PropertylD   564  Meaning   Enable disable In Position function        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 0     6 4 3 2 6 2 CFG AxlnpLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   565  Meaning   Set get the active logic for In Position signal                          Value Description   0 Low active   1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 202    6 4 3 2 7 ERC    6 4 3 2 7 1 CFG AxErcLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   566  Meaning   Set get active logic for ERC signal       Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 7 2 CFG AxErcEnableMode  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   569  Meaning   Set get ERC out mode or diable ERC function        Value Description       0 Disabled       ERC Output when home finish          1  2 ERC Output when EMG ALM EL active Not support   3 ERC Output when home finish or EMG ALM EL active Not support                 Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 8 Hardware Limit    6 4 3 2 8 1 CFG AxElReact  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   576    203 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Set get the reacting mode of EL signal        Value Description                      0 Motor immediately stops  1 Motor decelerates then stops  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the
52.  active it   1  STA AxReady       Axis is ready and waiting for new command   2  STA Stopping    Axis is stopping   3  STA AxErrorStop       Axis has stopped because of error   4  STA AxHoming       Axis is executing home motion   5  STA_AxPtpMotion       Axis is executing PTP motion   6  STA_AxContiMotion       Axis is executing continuous motion   7  STA_AxSyncMotion       Axis is in one group and the group is executing  interpolation motion  or axis is slave axis in E cam E   gear Gantry motion   8  STA_AX_EXT_JOG       Axis is controlled by external signal and will exe   cute JOG mode motion once external signal is active   9  STA_AX_EXT_MPG       Axis is controlled by external signal and will exe   cute MPG mode motion once external signal is active   Return Value   Error Code     Comments     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    116       6 3 4 4 Velocity Motion  6 3 4 4 1 Acm AxMoveVel             Format   U32 Acm AxMoveVel  HAND AxisHandle  U16 Direction   Purpose   To command axis to make a never ending movement with a specified  velocity   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Direction U16 IN Direction     0  Positive direction   1  Negative direction                       Return Value   Error Code    Comments   The speed curve is decided by properties  PAR_AxVelLow  PAR AxVelHigh   PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  and PAR AxJerk     6 3 4 4 2 Acm AxChangeVel                               Format   U32 Acm AxChangeVel  HAN
53.  cam configure can be set by  Acm DevConfigCAMTable    After all of above  slave axis will be synchronous status if calls   Acm AxCamlnAx successfully  Then slave axis will follow mater axis to  move     The parameter MasterScaling  SlaveScaling  MasterOffset  SlaveOffset  are used to ajust current Camtable based on edited CamTable     The figures about scalling and offset are as follow     MasterScating   1 0 MasterScalng   1 0   Dn  Ssvescsing  10  7     SlaveScaling  gt  2 0    Mederos   00      MasterOrisel   00   SiaveCtf2et   00 SlaweOffset   0 0    Master       MasterSscaling   20    MesterSrefing    06 6 SlavaScsing   1 0  SaveScaing   1 0   MasterOffset   00  MacterOtfest   0 0 woottset   00    Siavattteat    SlaveOttset   0 0 SlaveOtiset   OD       MasterScalng   1 0 MasterScalng   1 0   amp   SlaveScaling   1 0 6  SlaveScalng   1 0    MasterOtiset    0 0     MasterOffset   200 0    SlaveOffset   60 0 StaveOtiset   OO       About detail E Cam operation  see E Cam Flow Chart in Chapter 6 2 2     See Also Acm DevDownLoadCAMTable  Acm DevCofigCAMTable   Acm DevLoadCAMTableFile     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     6 3 4 13 2 Acm AxGearlnAx  Format     U32 Acm AxGearlnAx  HAND AxisHandle  HAND MasAxisHandle  132  Numerator  132 Denominator  U32 RefSrc  U32 Absolute     Purpose     This function starts gear synchronization with a ratio between a slave   following  axis and master  leading  axis     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 144    Parameters                    
54.  change  but not fre   quently    m CFG DevXXX  For device  Eg  CFG_DevBoardlD    m CFG AxXXXX  For axis  Eg  CFG AxMaxVel    m CFG DagXXX  For DI  DO  AI and AO  Eg  CFG DagDiMaxChan    m CFG GpXXXX  For group object  Eg  CFG GpAxislnGroup    Parameter  The values of parameter properties may change frequently    m PAR DevXXX  For device    m PAR AxXXXX  For axis  Eg  PAR AxVelLow    m PAR DagXXX  For DI  DO  AI and AO    m PAR GpXXXX  For group  Eg  PAR GpGrouplD     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 20    Utility  This chapter is to describe the  comprehensive  amp  graphical utility       5 1 Introduction    The utility is developed with  Net control library according to Common Motion API  architecture  The  Net control library includes control   Device  Axis  Group and com   ponent   AxisSetup View  AxisScopeView  AxisDiagView  GroupPathView and Group   SpeedView  The new utility is consistent and compatible with old AdvMotionUtility   The new utility supports PCI 1220U  PCl 1240U  PCI 1245 1245V 1245E 1265   1285 1285E series products     5 1 1 Contents   Mainly according to the order of operations  the following interfaces will be intro    duced    1  Main Form  includes Main Menu  Toolbar and Device Tree    2  _Single axis Motion  focuses on the I O and attribute configuration  and status  and movement operations  P to P  Continue  Homing  of single axis    3  Multi axis Motion  focuses on multi axis  Group  interpolation operation  includ   ing the basic interpolation  Line 
55.  deceleration   unit   PPU s 2   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     NewVelocity should not exceed the maximum specified by   CFG AxMaxVel   NewAcc should not exceed the maximum acceleration specified by  CFG AxMaxAcc  and NewDec should not exceed the maximum decelera  tion specified by CFG AxMaxDec   If NewAcc or NewDec is  0   then the previous acceleration or deceleration  can be used     If this command runs successfully  then NewVelocity will be used in next  motion in case the velocity is not specified before the motion     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 118       NewDec    Old Acc          ChangeV    6 3 4 4 5 Acm AxChangeVelExByRate                                     Format   U32 Acm AxChangeVelExByRate  HAND AxisHandle  U32 Rate  F64  NewAcc  F64 NewDec   Purpose   Change the velocity  acceleration and deceleration simultaneously in motion  status   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Velocity U32 IN Percentage of velocity change  NewVel   OldVel    Rate  0 01  NewAcc F64 IN New acceleration   unit   PPU s 2   NewDec F64 IN New deceleration   unit   PPU s 2   Return Value   Error Code     Comments     NewVel   OldVel Rate 0 01  The NewVel value caculated by Rate should  not exceed the maximum specified by CFG AxMaxVel  NewAcc should not  exceed the maximum acceleration specified by CFG_AxMaxAcc  and  NewDec should not exceed the maximum deceleration specified by  CFG_AxMaxDec   If NewAcc or NewDec is  
56.  default value is 1     6 4 3 2 8 2 CFG AxElLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   575  Meaning   Set get active logic for hardware limit signal        Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 8 3 CFG AxEIEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   574  Meaning   Set  get hardware limit function enable disable        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     Please modify  CFG AxElReact  and  CFG_AxElLogic  before modifying the value  of  CFG_AxElEnable      6 4 3 2 9 Software Limit  6 4 3 2 9 1 CFG AxSwMelEnable    Data Type   U32  R W   RW    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 204    PropertylD   577  Meaning   Enable Disable the minus software limit function        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     6 4 3 2 9 2 CFG AxSwPelEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   578  Meaning   Enable Disable the plus software limit        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     6 4 3 2 9 3 CFG AxSwMelReact  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   579  Meaning   Set get the reacting mode of minus software limit        Value Description                      0 Motor immediately stops  1 Motor decelerates then stops  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 9 4 CFG AxSwPelReact  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  Property
57.  equipment  eg sensor  to home   The axis moves continuously until the limit signal occurring  There  are two states     STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EL signal  the axis  will move until EL signal occurring     STATUS2  If the object is in the field of EL signal  there will be  no response     Note About a b c  d s meaning in graph  please click    button        You can select any mode listed in the comobox  there is corresponding illustration  below  You can click  OK  to select the mode in the HomeMode combobox  or click   Cancle  to cancle the operation  The default setting is  Mode1_Abs      Click          the pop up dialog will show up  the dialog will give the explanation for the  parameters in the home mode  The example figure is as follows           a b c d in the graph have following meanings     a Axis does PTP Movement in Trapezia mode until ORG EL  signal occurring    b   xis does PTP Movement in Trapezia mode with  HomeCrossDistance as distance unit until ORG EL signal  di sappears    ciAxis does Continuous movement with VelLow and stops  immediately when ORG EL signal occurs    d Axis does Continuous movement with VelLow with  HomeCrossDistance as distance unit until ORG EL signal  disappears    The small black solid dot represents the end point of a  movement     Note  The Velocity of PTP Movement in Trapezia mode will  be accelerated from VelLow to VelHigh with Acc at the  beginning if the distance is long enough   and  decelerated from VelHig
58.  for any possible signs of external damage  loose or damaged  components  etc    If the card is visibly damaged  notify our service department  or the local sales representative immediately  Avoid installing a damaged card  into your system     Also pay extra attention to the followings to ensure a proper installation    m Avoid physical contact with materials that could hold static electricity such as  plastic  vinyl and Styrofoam    m Whenever you handle the card  grasp it only by its edges  DO NOT TOUCH the  exposed metal pins of the connector or the electronic components     Driver Installation    We recommend you to install the driver before you install the PCI 1285 1285E card   into your system    The DLL driver setup program for the card is included on the companion CD ROM   that is shipped with package  Follow the steps below to install the driver software    1  Insert the companion CD ROM into your CD ROM drive    2  _ The setup program will be launched automatically if you have the autoplay func   tion enabled on your system     Note  Ifthe autoplay function is not enabled on your computer  use Windows   w Explorer or Windows Run command to execute SETUP EXE on the  E    companion CD ROM     3  Select the proper Windows OS option according to your operating system  Just  follow the installation instructions step by step to complete your DLL driver  setup    4  Then setup the PCI 1285 1285E Motion Utility automatically     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 6    2 3    For f
59.  it will be  B 10 by default     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 46    3  CAM Table Operation  a  Delete Row  delete the selected row s    b  Clear All  clear all CAM Points  except starting point and final point     c  Load Data  insert the selected CAM Table file  The file format can be binary   bin  or   cvs readable by EXCEL     d  Save Data  save the CAM Table  The file format can be binary   bin  or  cvs readable by  EXCEL But if you want to import CAMTable through  Load CAMTable File  operation   you need to save the CAM Table as bin format  because currently the device only sup   port  bin file to import through  Load CAMTable File     4  Add Point  To add CAM Point  you can also edit X_Pos  Y_Pos  pointRange and Slope on  the lower right and click  Add Point  to add it    5  Change  ModuleRange   The master axis s revoluation pulse  ModuleRange  is set to be 10000 pulses by  default  If you want to edit  you can edit in ModuleRange box  and then click   Change  to finish  After modified  the horizontal maximum ordinate of E CAM  Curve and Velocity Curve will be the modified value  if there are edited CAM  Points before change the value  the X_Pos and pointRange of the CAM Points  will become ModuleRange  after modified   Pre ModuleRange  before modi   fied  fold    6  OK  Click  OK  to save the CAM Table  You can use  Download CAMTable  to save  the CAM Table into hardware    7  Cancel  Click  Cancel  to give up the editing     5 5 1 4 1 Load CAMTable File    By clicking 
60.  line speed  Mostly  line interpolation is applied to the axis  assembled as right angle  But direct interpolation s line speed is set into  master axis  The smallest Physical ID axis  and other axes in group start   stop as the same time as master axis  Mostly  direct interpolation is applied  to the axis assembled as oblique angle     At most  it just supports 3 axes linear interpolation in PCI 1285 and 2 axes    linear interpolation in PCI 1285E     153    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 3 5 4 3 Acm GpMoveCircularRel                Format   U32 Acm GpMoveCircularRel  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 CenterArray   PF64 EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction   Purpose   Command group to execute relative ARC interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Axis relative distance of center point   EndArray PF64 IN Axis relative distance of end point        pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must equal to the axis count in this group   or else it will be returned axis count in    group         Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR_CW clockwise   1  DIR_CCW counterclockwise                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The sequence of data in CenterArray and EndArray must follow the order  of X axis  Y axis  Z axis  U axis and so on  For example  if one group has Y  axis and U axis  the first data in CenterArray means Y axis    center distance  and 
61.  properties and corresponding  property values in the category  For detail  refer to the description about Feature   Configuration and Parameter of axis which are listed in property list of Programming  guide The attributes are classified as follows                    Classification Name Brief Introduction  Alarm Alarm Enable Enables Disables motion Alarm function for  source axis   Alarm Logic Sets the active logic for alarm signal   Alarm React Sets the reacting mode for alarm signal                 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 32       Aux Gen Output    AuxOut Enable    Enables Disables axis s Aux Output in  group s AddPathDwell   for source axis        AuxOut Time    Sets axis s Aux Output on time in group s  AddPathDwell   for source axis        GenDo Enable    Enables Disables axis DO as general DO  function for source axis                                                                          Backlash Backlash Enable Enables Disables corrective backlash for  Source axis    Backlash Pulses Sets the compensation pulse numbers for  source axis Whenever direction change  occurs  the axis outputs backlash corrective  pulses before sending commands    Backlash Velocity Sets the velocity for backlash signal    Basic Info PhylD The physical ID of source axis    PPU The pulse per unit PPU  of source axis It is a  virtual unit  You can set PPU according to  actual motor This can mask the different pre   cision of different motors    ModuleRange Sets the module range for this axi
62.  to another num     ber  set SW1 by referring to table 3 2        CN1A  CN1B                   Lo DYU    CN7  CN6                CN8             Figure 3 3 Location of Jumpers  amp  DIP Switch    Table 3 2  BoardlD Setting    Board ID Setting  SW1        Board ID  Dec   Switch Position                         ID3  1  ID2  2  ID1  3  IDO  4    0          1       m  14 m m m    15 m m m m  O  Off e  On     default  PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 12       3 3    3 4    Output Pulse  CW   PULS  CCW     DIR      The pulse command has two types  One is in clockwise  counter  clockwise mode   the other is in pulse direction mode  CW    PULS  and CW    PULS  are differential  signal pairs and CCW    DIR  and CCW    DIR  are differential signal pairs  Default  setting of pulse output mode is pulse direction  User can change the output mode by    programming   CW   PULS      CW  PULS   gt     F     CCW  DIR   gt           CCW  DIR  o           Jj  Motor Driver Side    Figure 3 4 Photocoupler Interface    CW   puLs     CW   PULS     CCW  DIR     lr       CCW   DIR        Twist pair with shield    SHO T Motor Driver side       Figure 3 5 Line Drive Interface    Over Traveling Limit Switch Input   LMT         Over traveling limit switches are used for system protection  This input signal is con   nected through the connection of photo coupler and RC filter  When the limit switch is  applied  the external power VEX DC 12   24 V will be the source of the photo cou   pler  This enables the over 
63.  uniform motion at VelLow  It will stop immediately when it  meets ORG EL signal    d  Trapezoid PTP motion moves at VelLow with HomeCrossDistance as distance unit    until the motion finishes     ORG EL signal is in effective       This solid black dot means the ending point of a motion     Note  Features of trapezoid PTP motion  When start  the velocity will    increase from VelLow to VelHigh with Acc  If distance is long enough         when end  the velocity will decrease from VelHigh to VelLow with Dec     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    126       MODE1 Abs  Move  Dir    gt touch ORG  gt Stop    Only according to origin eguipment  eg sensor  to home  The object moves con   tinuously until the origin signal occurring    For example    Dir  Positive    Org Logic  CFG AxOrgLogic   Active High    EL  Hard Limit switch  Logic  CFG AxElLogic   Active High     Abs ORG   N   ORG      STATUS1   mia     ORG EL ORG    STATUS  OFF   On   OFF OFF   On   OFF  m kuo      STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of ORG signal  when home command is  written  the object will move until ORG signal occurring    STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal or the direction is opposite  with ORG switch  the object will move until ORG signal  if there are more than  one ORG switch or the axis eguipment is occlusive  or EL signal  axis s states is  error stop     MODE2 Lmt  Move Dir   gt touch EL  gt Stop   Only according to limit eguipment  eg sensor  to home  The object moves con   tin
64. 0   then the previous acceleration or deceleration  can be used     119 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 4 5    The new velocity  NewAcc and NewDec is only valid for the current motion        NewDec          ChangeV    6 3 4 4 6 Acm AxChangeVelByRate    Format   U32 Acm AxChangeVelByRate  HAND AxisHandle  U32 Rate     Purpose   Change the velocity of current motion according to the given rate     Parameters                 Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Rate U32 IN Percentage of velocity change                    Return Value   Error Code    Comments   NewVel   OldVel Rate 0 01  Rate must be more than  0  and lower than the  rate of CFG AxMaxVel to the previous velocity  The new velocity is only  valid for the current motion     Point to Point Motion    6 3 4 5 1 Acm AxMoveRel                            Format   U32 Acm AxMoveRel  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Distance    Purpose   Start single axis s relative position motion   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Distance F64 IN Relative distance   unit   PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The speed curve is decided by properties  PAR AxVelLow  PAR AxVelHigh   PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  and PAR AxJerk     The range of Distance is   2147483647   2147483647  if PPU is 1     6 3 4 5 2 Acm AxMoveAbs    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 120       Format    U32 Acm_AxMoveAbs  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Position   Purpose    Start single 
65. 0 ReadFileFailed  0x800000d1 PathBuflsFull  0x800000d2 PathBuflsEmpty  0x800000d3 GetAuthorityFailed  0x800000d4 GpIDAllocatedFailed  0x800000d5 FirmWareDown  0x800000d6 InvalidGpRadius  0x800000d7 InvalidAxCmd  0x800000d8 InvalidaxExtDrv  0x800000d9 InvalidGpMovCmd  0x800000da SpeedCurveNotSupported  0x800000db InvalidCounterNo  0x800000dc InvalidPathMoveMode  0x800000dd PathSelStartCantRunInSpeedForwareMode  0x800000de InvalidCamTablelD  0x800000df InvalidCamPointRange  0x800000e0 CamTablelsEmpty  0x800000e1 InvalidPlaneVector  0x800000e2 MasAxIDSameSIvAxID  0x800000e3 InvalidGpRefPlane  0x800000e4 InvalidAxModuleRange  0x800000e5 DownloadFileFailed  0x800000e6 InvalidFileLength  0x800000e7 InvalidCmpCnt  0x800000e8 JerkExceededMaxValue  0x800000e9 AbsMotionNotSupport  0x800000ea InvalidAiRange  0x800000eb AlScaleFailed  0x80002000 HLmtPExceeded  0x80002001 HLmtNExceeded  0x80002002 SLmtPExceeded       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 230                                                                                                                                                    0x80002003 SLmtNExceeded  0x80002004 AlarmHappened  0x80002005 EmgHappened   0x80002006 TimeLmtExceeded  0x80002007 DistLmtExceeded  0x80002008 InvalidPositionOverride  0x80002009 OperationErrorHappened  0x8000200a SimultaneousStopHappened  0x8000200b OverflowInPAPB  0x8000200c OverflowInIPO  0x8000200d STPHappened   0x8000200e SDHappened   0x8000200f AxsiNoCmpDataLeft  0x80004001 DevEvtTimeOut  0x800
66. 04002 DevNoEvt   0x10000001 Warning_AxWaslnGp  0x10000002 Warning_GplnconsistRate  0x10000003 Warning_GplnconsistPPU  0x80005001 ERR SYS TIME OUT  0x80005002 Dsp_PropertylDNotSupport  0x80005003 Dsp_PropertylDReadOnly  0x80005004 Dsp InvalidParameter  0x80005005 Dsp DataOutBufExceeded  0x80005006 Dsp FunctionNotSupport  0x80005007 Dsp InvalidConfigFile  0x80005008 Dsp InvalidintervalData  0x80005009 Dsp InvalidTableSize  0x8000500a Dsp InvalidTablelD  0x8000500b Dsp DatalndexExceedBufSize  0x8000500c Dsp InvalidComparelnterval  0x8000500d Dsp InvalidCompareRange  0x8000500e Dsp_PropertylDWriteOnly  0x8000500f Dsp_NcError   0x80005010 Dsp_CamTablelsInUse  0x80005011 Dsp_EraseBlockFailed  0x80005012 Dsp_ProgramFlashFailed  0x80005014 Dsp_ReadPrivateOverMaxTimes  0x80005015 Dsp InvalidPrivatelD  0x80005017 Dsp LastOperationNotOver  0x80005018 Dsp WritePrivateTimeout  0x80005101 Dsp InvalidAxCfgVel  0x80005102 Dsp InvalidAxCfgAcc  0x80005103 Dsp InvalidAxCfgDec  0x80005104 Dsp InvalidAxCfgJerk  0x80005105 Dsp_InvalidAxParVelLow       231    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                                                                                                                                                    0x80005106 Dsp InvalidAxParVelHigh  0x80005107 Dsp InvalidAxParAcc  0x80005108 Dsp InvalidAxParDec  0x80005109 Dsp InvalidAxParJerk  0x8000510a Dsp InvalidAxPptValue  0x8000510b Dsp InvalidAxState  0x8000510c Dsp_InvalidAxSvOnOff  0x8000510d Dsp_InvalidAxDistance  0x800051
67. 0e Dsp_InvalidAxPosition  0x800051 Of Dsp_InvalidAxHomeMode  0x80005110 Dsp_InvalidPhysicalAxis  0x80005111 Dsp_HLmtPExceeded  0x80005112 Dsp_HLmtNExceeded  0x80005113 Dsp_SLmtPExceeded  0x80005114 Dsp_SLmtNExceeded  0x80005115 Dsp_AlarmHappened  0x80005116 Dsp_EmgHappened  0x80005117 Dsp CmdValidOnlylnConstSec  0x80005118 Dsp InvalidAxCmd  0x80005119 Dsp InvalidAxHomeDirMode  0x80005120 Dsp NotEnoughPulseForChgV  0x8000511a Dsp AxisMustBeModuloAxis  0x8000511b Dsp AxldCantSameAsMasld  0x8000511c Dsp CantResetPosiOfMasAxis  0x8000511d Dsp InvalidAxExtDrvOperation  0x8000511e Dsp AxAccExceededMaxAcc  0x8000511f Dsp AxVelExceededMaxVel  0x80005120 Dsp NotEnoughPulseForChgV  0x80005121 Dsp_NewVelMustGreaterThanVelLow  0x80005122 Dsp_InvalidAxGearMode  0x80005123 Dsp_InvalidGearRatio  0x80005201 Dsp InvalidAxCntlnGp  0x80005202 Dsp_AxInGpNotFound  0x80005203 Dsp AxislnOtherGp  0x80005204 Dsp AxCannotlntoGp  0x80005205 Dsp GplnDevNotFound  0x80005206 Dsp InvalidGpCfgVel  0x80005207 Dsp InvalidGpCfgAcc  0x80005208 Dsp InvalidGpCfgDec  0x80005209 Dsp_InvalidGpCfgJerk  0x8000520a Dsp_InvalidGpParVelLow  0x8000520b Dsp InvalidGpParVelHigh  0x8000520c Dsp InvalidGpParAcc  0x8000520d Dsp InvalidGpParDec  0x8000520e Dsp_InvalidGpParJerk       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 232                                                                0x8000520f Dsp JerkNotSupport  0x80005210 Dsp ThreeAxNotSupport  0x80005211 Dsp DevlpoNotFinished  0x80005212 Dsp InvalidGpState  0x80005213 Dsp_OpenFileFa
68. 1 LTC X2 IN1 LTC X4_IN1 LTC X6 IN1 LTC  XO IN2 RDY X2_IN2 RDY X4_IN2 RDY X6_IN2 RDY  X0_ORG X2_ORG X4_ORG X6_ORG  X1 LMT  X3 LMT  X5_LMT  X7_LMT   X1_LMT  X3_LMT  X5_LMT  X7_LMT    X1 IN1 LTC X3 IN1 LTC X5_IN1 LTC X7 IN1 LTC  X1 IN2 RDY X3 IN2 RDY X5_IN2 RDY X7 IN2 RDY  X1_ORG X3_ORG X5_ORG X7_ORG  X0_INP X2 INP X4 INP X6 INP  XO ALM X2_ALM X4_ALM X6_ALM  XO ECA  X2 ECA  X4_ECA  X6_ECA   XO ECA  X2 ECA  X4_ECA  X6_ECA    XO ECB  X2_ECB  X4_ECB  X6_ECB   X0_ECB  X2_ECB  X4_ECB  X6_ECB    XO ECZ  X2 ECZ  X4_ECZ  X6_ECZ   XO ECZ  X2_ECZ  X4 ECZ  X6 ECZ    X1 INP X3_INP X5_INP X7 INP  X1 ALM X3_ALM X5_ALM X7 ALM  X1 ECA  X3_ECA  X5 ECA  X7 ECA   X1_ECA  X3_ECA  X5_ECA  X7_ECA   X1_ECB  X3_ECB  X5_ECB  X7_ECB   X1_ECB  X3_ECB  X5_ECB  X7_ECB    X1 ECZ  X3_ECZ  X5 ECZ  X7 ECZ   X1 ECZ  X3 ECZ  X5_ECZ  X7_ECZ   X0_IN3 JOG X2_IN3 JOG  X4_IN3 JOG  X6_IN3 JOG   X0_IN4 JOG  X2_IN4 JOG  X4_IN4 JOG  X6_IN4 JOG   X1_IN3 X3_IN3 X5_IN3 X7_IN3  X1_IN4 X3_IN4 X5_IN4 X7_IN4  GND GND GND GND    X0_OUT4 CAM DO  X0_OUTS CMP  X0_OUT6 SVON  X0_OUT7 ERC   XO CW  PULS     X2 OUTA CAM DO  X2_OUT5 CMP  X2_OUT6 SVON  X2_OUT7 ERC   X2 CW  PULS     X4_OUT4 CAM DO  X4_OUTS CMP  X4_OUT6 SVON  X4_OUT7 ERC  X4_CW  PULS     X6 OUTA CAM D  X6 OUTS CMP  X6_OUT6 SVON  X6_OUT7 ERC  X6_CW  PULS     XO CW  PULS  X2 CW  PULS  X4_CW  PULS  X6_CW  PULS   XO_CCW  DIR  X2_CCW  DIR  X4_CCW  DIR  X6_CCW  DIR   XO CCW  DIR  X2 CCW  DIR  X4_CCW  DIR  X6_CCW  DIR   GND GND GND GND    X1_OUT4 CAM DO  X1 OUTS CMP  X1 OUT6 SVON  
69. 10 4 CFG AxOrgReact  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   634  Meaning   Set the ending reaction mode after finishing Home           Value Description                      0 Stop immediately   1 Decelerate and stop   Comments     207 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 2 11 Backlash    6 4 3 2 11 1 CFG AxBacklashEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   593  Meaning   Enable Disable corrective backlash        Value Description       0 Disabled             1 Enabled          Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 0     6 4 3 2 11 2 CFG_AxBacklashPulses  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   594  Meaning   Set get the compensation pulse numbers   Uint  pulse   Comments     This value should be between 0 and 4095 Whenever direction change  occurs  the axis outputs backlash corrective pulses before sending  commands     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 0     6 4 3 2 11 3 CFG AxBacklashVel  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   630  Meaning   Set  get the velocity of corrective backlash   Uint  pulse s   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 0     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 208    6 4 3 2 12 Compare    6 4 3 2 12 1 CFG AxCmpSrc  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   603  Meaning   Get set compare source                       Value Description   0 Command Position   1 Actual position  Comments     In PCI 1285  the default value is 0  PCI 1285E does not support this API   6 4 3 2 12 2 CFG AxCmpMethod                               Data T
70. 18    Device Number  Device number is composed of 32 bits     4th byte 3rd byte 2nd H byte 2ndLbyte istbyte    Master device type ID   Master device board ID Ring Slave Board ID   or BaseAddr                    m 4 byte   Master device type ID  refer to master device type ID table    m 3 4 g 2nd H byte    Master device board ID  or base address     m 21 byte   Master ring number  used by remote device  use 0 as default value for local  device   m 1   byte     Slave board ID  used by remote device  use 0 as default value for local device     Local Device Number    4th byte 3rd byte 2nd H byte 2nd L byte ist byte  Master type ID   Board ID  or BaseAddr  0 0                         For example  one BoardID of PCI 1285E is 1  the device number  Hexadecimal  is   27 001 0 0  So the device number is 0x27001000                       Naming Rules of API and Properties    The naming rule is based on three objects  Device Object  Axis Object and Group  Object  User will find many abbreviations in APIs  Table of abbreviations and their  meanings is as follow     Table 4 1  Abbreviations and Their Meanings                                                 Abbreviations Full Name Comments   PPU Pulse Per Unit A virtual unit of motion   Dev Device   Ax Axis   Gp Group Multiple axes   Mas Master Master Axis or Master Board of device based  on communicating mechanism   Dag Common name of Al AO DI DO   Rel Relative   Abs Absolute   Cmd Command   Vel Velocity   Acc Accelerate   Dec Decelerate   
71. 238  B 4 DOSCFIPIION aan sas turn ante Fu Y Fad Td FL aset 238  Pulse ImPUtissss ssa fu inan yy Ta UO YGU FYD Cd OEF nyd ct 239  B 5 LU A NYFFRYN FARF FFEFRYN 239  B 5 DOSGFIPIIOM E E Rd ddd Ynn ate  239  PUISG OUTPUT iie inyned rueta ssemailtan atk aa aaa EDDOL Cyd kanta 239  B 6 ILO nasse EE Hn RYN ASIN PHRASE FEE cre rere 239  B 6 DescriptiOTliiuun seat vahaan sn eeetan n mee man FFY dance 239  GON Chall in  ns  ann alaa nii samean vasa ren a Nr musaan HE TAAN NERE dees 239  B 7 UU LLETHR EN FFF FNAN a ae SHIA Kaa Tan ot mat 239  B 7 PSSM OM saci  aasit massat ara A 239    3 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Introduction    This chapter introduces PCI 1285   1285E and lists their special fea   tures and detailed specifications        1 1    1 2    PCI 1285 1285E series are DSP based SoftMotion PCI bus controller boards which  are designed for electrical machine automation and traditional machine automation  wide applications  The board is eguipped with high performance DSP with SoftMo   tion algorithm inside to perform the motion trajectory and timing control to meet the  synchronization in precise movement     The Advantech SoftMotion features synchronization control in gantry  electronic gear  and electronic CAM  interpolation in linear  circular and helical  spiral  curve  continu   ous movement in buffering piecewise trajectory to realize  cutting movement in tan   gential following to ensure the Z axes is tangent to X Y curve  high speed posi
72. 285 1285E do not support Al functions    In PCI 1265  there are two Al channels  0 and 1    The channel can be set to Single Ended or Differential through  CFG_DagAiChanType property  If it is set to Single Ended  users  can get Al value through any channel  if it is set to Differential   users can only get Al value through Channel 1     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 112    6 3 4 Axis    6 3 4 1 System  6 3 4 1 1 Acm AxOpen                                  Format   U32 Acm AxOpen  HAND DeviceHandle  U16 PhyAxis  PHAND  AxisHandle   Purpose   Open specified axis and get this axis object s handle   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   PhyAxis U16 IN Physical Axis Number   AxisHandle PHAND  OUT Returns a pointer to the axis handle   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     Before any axis operation  this API should be called firstly  The physical axis  number in PCI 1285 1285E  0  1  2  3  4  5  6  7   6 3 4 1 2 Acm_AxClose   Format   U32 Acm_AxClose  PHAND AxisHandle    Purpose   Close axis which has been opened    Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description       AxisHandle PHAND IN Pointer to the axis handle                      Return Value   Error Code   Comments   After calling this API  the axis handle cannot be used again     6 3 4 1 3 Acm AxResetError  Format   U32 Acm AxResetError  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose     Reset the axis  state  If the axis is in ErrorStop state  the state will be  changed to Ready 
73. 2DArcCW      Rel2DArcCCw      Abs3DLine      Rel8DLine      Abs4DLine  not support    10  Rel4DLine   not support    11  Abs2DDirect    12  Rel2DDirect    13  Abs3DDirect    14  Rel3DDirect    15  Abs4DDirect    16  Rel4DDirect    17  Abs5DDirect    18  Rel5DDirect    19  Abs6DDirect    20  Rel6DDirect    21  Abs3DArcCW   not support   22  Rel3DArcCW   not support   23  Abs3DArcCCW   not support   24  RelSDArcCCW  not support   25  Abs3DHelixCW   26  Rel3DHelixCW   27  Abs3DHelixCCW   28  Rel3DHelix CCW   29  GPDELAY  uint ms     O 0 34 O 01 S O N                          MoveMode U16 IN Move mode   0  No blending  1  Blending  FH F64 IN High velocity   delay time for GPDELAY move  command   driving velocity   Unit PPU s of  group   FL F64 IN Low velocity  start velocity   Unit PPU s of  group   EndPoint DataArray   PF64   IN End points  Unit  PPU of each axis   CenPoint DataArray   PF64   IN Center points  Unit  PPU of each axis   ArrayElements PU32   IN OUT   Number of array element can not be less than    axis count in group  or else it will be returned  axis count in group                       Return Value   Error Code    Comments   The group handle of every path in system buffer must be the same  So  if  there are some unexecuted paths in system buffer and you want to add new  path into it by call Acm GpAddPath  the parameter GroupHandle must be  the same with the first unexecuted path s group handle  The current status  of system path buffer can be got by call Acm GpGe
74. 4 11 Acm GpMoveHelixRel                      Format   U32 Acm GpMoveHelixRel  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 CenterArray  PF64  EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction   Purpose   Command group to move relative spiral   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Relative distance of center point   EndArray PF64 IN Relative distance of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must egual to the axis count in this group   or else it will be returned axis count in  group    Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR_CW  clockwise   1  DIR_CCW  counterclockwise                    Return Value        Error Code   Comments     See about Acm_GpMoveHelixAbs   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 5 4 12 Acm GpMoveHelixAbs 3P                      Format   U32 Acm GpMoveHelixAbs 3P  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 RefArray   PF64 EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction   Purpose   Command group to move absolute spiral by three specified points   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   RefArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of reference point   EndArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must egual to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group    Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR CW  clockwise   1  DIR CCW  counterclockwi
75. 4 3 Axis    6 4 3 1 Feature  6 4 3 1 1 System    6 4 3 1 1 1 FT AxFunctionMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   301  Meaning   Get the axis supported function  1  support  0  not support                                                          Bits Description   0 In position    1 Alarm   2 Clear the deflection counter in the servo driver   3 Slow down   4 Hardware limit switch   5 Software limit switch   6 Home sensor   7 Encode Z phase sensor  8 Backlash corrective    9 Suppress vibration    10 Home   11 Impose   12 Compare   13 Latch   14 CAMDO   15 Ext Drive   16 Simultaneous start stop       17 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 2 Speed Pattern    6 4 3 1 2 1 FT AxMaxVel  Data Type   F64  R W   R  PropertylD   302  Meaning   Get axis supported max velocity   Unit  Pulse s     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 184    Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 5 000 000     6 4 3 1 2 2 FT AxMaxAcc  Data Type   F64  R W   R  PropertylD   303  Meaning   Get axis supported max acceleration   Unit  Pulse s    Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 500 000 000     6 4 3 1 2 3 FT AxMaxDec  Data Type   F64  R W   R  PropertylD   304  Meaning   Get axis supported max deceleration  Unit  Pulse s    Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 500 000 000     6 4 3 1 2 4 FT AxMaxJerk  Data Type   F64  R W   R  PropertylD   305  Meaning   Get axis supported max jerk   Unit  Pulse s3   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 1     6 4 3 1 3 Pulse In    6 4 3 1 3 1 F
76. 5 2    5 3    5 4    5 5    5 6  5 7  5 8    Introduction un J S OPINNOT EN PINI PUTOO S 22  HAN COMENS eieh ea e a aa Ta E GN nA dan vai Da 22  Main FOrTTI es iU CY y Y NN YN A Ud UY YD OO S 22  5 2 11 Main FOMmmuasesssassaamassdaa UR Lad BNN ODRO GLUD DDU nn GdOGROR DAWN DR RWAN   n 22  2 22 TOODA iu TT E Y ta ED 23  5 2 3  Device TTG  u  aiii GYN ROEG a S 27  Single AxiS  MOTION    isii sa0en caries aie n aavan antaneet aia aae 28  5 3 1     Operate  AXIS ne lienuueaiii ua eiv   kauan dodd anoa area oninia a Kala vee dan 28  5 3 2 Motion Params S  t             euueu YIII IL aa aa nananana 28  53 3 OVON use Nun Un ddyd AN DAFL DY Td DAN YNOF DO 30  5 34  ConfiguratiOl0ieuLiewese dentin stents KHT dod i NC da masi 30  5 3 0  MOVE Testun iaid dau Wy NGR UWYN VON SN ona AU GWY RAF BWR yny 36  2 3 0 POSON Y MEDD 37  5 3 7 Current Axis Status               eueue AIII II LL LL LL ananna 37  53 8 DVO StS etie Ydyn RY FYN aa ARAD GN Gy TN dataan 37  5 3 9 Last Error StatusS            e eeueuu AIII IL LL LL LL LA saaneena 37  53 10  1 0 StatllS iu GYF TG OD TAF ET FYR WRN FY gd NU 38  Multi Axes Motion               eeie YY YY YL LL ALLE LL GL aan LYNN  38  5 4 1 Operate AXeS      coooiiiooe aa a aa e aa a na ana a naa naa aaaaen 39  5 4 2 Motion Params Set              uueu YIII LL LL Y aa aan nananana 39  543  Motom ENAS eT WY A Kaan Gynnar YT y 39  5 4 4 Motion Operation           ooooooosso YL ALL LLY LL LL ana LLY nn nLnon 39  545 Path Status isis uei Dedd Y Gi masa GRY daa R
77. AN ANT 3    Chapter2Installation5    2 1 Ua  orie Uu  case cea ss eave HA RH  Oa PR RR FA NE HF NYFED A NN  FERF NN 6  2 2 Driver Install  tiOn a ue ieu Guide Ond tun Ua kaataa aa a ana ajama hoi 6  2 3 Hardware Installation oo    uu AAA LAAL LL ALLA LLAI LL FF LL uu 7    Chapter3Signal Connections9    3 1 I O Connector Pin Assignments          ccoooososse n aa na annan enaa aeeen 10  Figure 3 1 I O connector CN1A CN1B for PCI 1285 1285E        10   Figure 3 2 I O Connector Pin Assignment for CN1A and CN1B 10   Table 3 1  I O Connector Signal Description                               11   3 2 Location of  DIP SWICIS is ccccies soscccseevsvaccenhhstiscentansssaecnmeususcceneyedbarceueessetie 12  Figure 3 3 Location of Jumpers  amp  DIP Switch                            12   Table 3 2  BoardlD Setting           uoosuusssss n an nia nananana 12   3 3 Output Pulse  CW   PULS  CCW    DIR     nenu  13  Figure 3 4 Photocoupler Interface            uuuuossssss naene 13   Figure 3 5 Line Drive Interface             cooooumumss mme enneeeen 13   3 4 Over Traveling Limit Switch Input   LMT    Ju    aittaan 13  Figure 3 6 Circuit Diagram for Limit Input Signals                       13   3 5 Position Latch  LTO uiian aaa aia aa aaaea aa 14  3 6 Servo Ready Signal  RDY         ceosssusssses akan nananana nananana 14  3 7 Home  Position  ORG  assvsataimmstas alaan aaae dasa O DYNN astr  eystaat eaa 14  3 8 In Position Singal  INP            cccooosssss smetanaa naan naamaan aan annan nanna
78. Arc  Helix   continuous interpolation  Path  and  tangent follow motion     4  Synchronized Motion  focuses on synchronized motion operations  including  electronic CAM  E CAM   electronic gear  E Gear  and gantry  Gantry  move   ment     5  Digital Input  displays device s input status   Digital Output  displays device s output status   7  Analog Input  displays device s analog input status     5 2 Main Form    a  Advantech Common Motion Utility Varsion 2 2 3 1  File Language Vien Help    o     a   2   E        amp  N  ei  hb    Install Refresh Save Load     2 My Syetan    W FCI 1295  NT        arr AD ANTECH    Enabling an Intelligent Planet    AD ANTECH    Enabling an Intelligent Planet          IV x ready 2013 2    5 2 1 Main Form    5 2 1 1 File  Lane    Exit    Click  Exit  to terminate this process     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 22    5 2 1 2 Language       M View Help     English   Simplified Chinese   Traditional Chinese  Through this menu  language in Utility can be switched  This utility supports three  languages  English  simplified Chinese and traditional Chinese  After you select a  language  the corresponding menu item will be checked  When you close the Utility   the language you selected will be saved to register  When opened next time  the util   ity s language will be last used one     5 2 1 3 View    VTS Help  v Toolbar  v Status Bar    v Device Tree    This menu allow users to display hide the toolbar  status bar and device tree  If Tool   bar Status Bar D
79. AxMaxAcc                                                                                                    N N  N N  N N  N N  N N  V V    CFG AxMaxDec N y  CFG AxMaxJerk N N  PAR AxVellow N N  PAR AxVelHigh N V  PAR AxAcc N N  PAR AxDec N N  PAR AxJerk N N  FT AxPulselnMap N N  FT AxPulselnModeMap N V  Pulse IN CFG_AxPulselnMode V V  Axis CFG_AxPulselnLogic y y  CFG_AxPulselnMaxFreq y y  FT AxPulseOutMap N N  Pulse OUT FT AxPulseOutModeMap y y  CFG AxPulseOutMode N N  FT AxAlmMap N V  CFG_AxAlmLogic N N  Alarm   CFG AxAlmEn N N  CFG AxAlmReact N y  FT AxlInpMap N V  In Position CFG_AxlnpEnable y y  CFG AxlnpLogic N V  FT_AxErcMap V V  FT_AxErcEnableModeMap V V   ERC l  CFG_AxErcLogic N y  CFG_AxErcEnableMode N V  SD FT_AxSdMap y y   71 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual          FT AxEIMap       Hardware Limit    CFG AxElReact       CFG AxElLogic       CFG AxEIEnable       FT AxSwMelMap       FT AxSwPelMap       CFG AxSwMelEnable       CFG AxSwPelEnable       Software Limit    CFG AxSwMelReact       CFG AxSwPelReact       CFG AxSwMelValue       CFG AxSwPelValue       Home  Axis    FT AxHomeMap       CFG AxOrgLogic       CFG AxEzLogic       CFG AxHomeResetEnable       PAR AxHomeCrossDistance       PAR AxHomeExSwitchMode       FT AxBacklashMap       BackLash    CFG AxBacklashEnable       CFG AxBacklashPulses       CFG AxBacklashVel       FT AxCompareMap       CFG AxCmpSrc       CFG AxCmpMethod       Compare    CFG AxCmpPulseMode       CFG_AxCmpPulseLogic       CFG_AxCmpPulseWidth    
80. AxSdEnable  0x8000005e InvalidAxSdLogic  0x8000005f InvalidAxSdReact  0x80000060 InvalidAxSdLatch  0x80000061 InvalidAxHomeResetEnable  0x80000062 InvalidAxBacklashEnable  0x80000063 InvalidAxBacklashPulses  0x80000064 InvalidAxVibrationEnable  0x80000065 InvalidAxVibrationRevTime  0x80000066 InvalidAxVibrationFwdTime  0x80000067 InvalidAxAlarmReact  0x80000068 InvalidAxLatchLogic  0x80000069 InvalidFwMemoryMode  0x8000006a InvalidConfigFile  0x8000006b InvalidAxEnEvtArraySize  0x8000006c InvalidAxEnEvtArray  0x8000006d InvalidGpEnEvtArraySize  0x8000006e InvalidGpEnEvtArray  0x8000006f InvalidlntervalData  0x80000070 InvalidEndPosition  0x80000071 InvalidAxisSelect  0x80000072 InvalidTableSize  0x80000073 InvalidGpHandle  0x80000074 InvalidCmpSource  0x80000075 InvalidCmpMethod  0x80000076 InvalidCmpPulseMode  0x80000077 InvalidCmpPulseLogic  0x80000078 InvalidCmpPulseWidth          229    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                                                                                                                                                    0x80000079 InvalidPathFunctionlD  0x8000007a SysBufAllocateFailed  0x80000096 SlavelOUpdateError  0x80000097 NoSlaveDevFound  0x80000098 MasterDevNotOpen  0x80000099 MasterRingNotOpen  0x800000c8 InvalidDIPort  0x800000c9 InvalidDOPort  0x800000ca InvalidDOValue  0x800000cb CreateEventFailed  0x800000cc CreateThreadFailed  0x800000cd InvalidHomeModeEx  0x800000ce InvalidDirMode  0x800000cf AxHomeMotionFailed  0x800000d
81. Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position PF64  IN Return the actual position   uint PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments   Compare  6 3 4 9 1 Acm AxSetCmpData  Format   U32 Acm AxSetCmpData  HAND AxisHandle  F64 CmpPosition   Purpose   Set compare data for the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   CmpPosition   F64 IN The data to be compared   Unit  PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If property CFG AxCmpMethod is set to MTD GREATER POSITION  the  CmpPosition should be greater than current position  command position or  actual position   If property CFG AxCmpMethod is set to   MTD SMALLER POSITION  the CmpPosition should be smaller than  current position  command position or actual position      137 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Before setting compare data  you need to set property CFG AxCmpEnable  to CMP ENABLE first  If you want to close compare function  you only need  to set property CFG AxCmpEnable to CMP DISABLE and nothing is  necessary to clear compare data  You can set CFG AxCmpSrc to   SRC COMMAND POSITION or SRC ACTUAL POSITION     Once any function of Acm AxSetCmpData  Acm AxSetCmpAuto   and  Acm AxSetCmpTable is called  the previous compared data will be cleared     If property CFG AxEnableGenDO is enabled  this function will be disabled   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 9 2 Acm AxSetCmpTable                               Format   U32 Acm AxSetCmpTable  HAND
82. CI 1285 1285E User Manual       Parameters                             Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   NewVelocity F64 IN New velocity   unit  PPU s   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     When group is in motion status  the velocity changing command can be  sent  in order for the motion card to change the velocity accordingly  When  group is in line interpolation  circular interpolation  helical interpolation or  continuous interpolation motion  this command can be sent to change the  velocity  If the command runs successfully  NewVelocity will be used in next  motion if the velocity is not specified before the motion     In single step interpolation motion  the velocity changing process is shown  below            New Velocity  gt  Old Velocity New Velocity  lt  Old Velocity  Velocity VS Time Velocity VS Time            s 19 d Fi  2 3 u 5 rJ a    Tansee   Tama See     Change Velocity    Change Velocity    If the remaing pulse is not enough for getting to the new velocity  the card will auto   matically calculate the available velocity   2  In continuous interpolation motion  m BufferMode  Blending Disabled  In this mode  each path in Path Buffer has its own process of acceleration decelera   tion  If the ChangeV function is run in motion status  then the velocity of path of the  current phase will accelerate decelerate to new velocity  and thus the velocity of each  phase will increase decrease proportionally  If the r
83. Counter Clear   CW  PULS   EGND Output Output pulse CW Pulse    CW    PULS  EGND Output Output pulse CW Pulse    CCW    DIR  EGND Output Output pulse CCW DIR    CCW    DIR  EGND Output Output pulse CCW DIR   Note  1  X1 X7 represent for ID of each axis       2  _ RDY  amp  LTC dedicated input channels are designed to be switch    I able and support general purpose input channel usage    3  SVON CMP CAM DO and ERC dedicated output channels are  designed to be switchable and support general purpose output  channel usage    4  For easy to note  Xn OUT4 CAM DO  Xn OUT5 CMP  Xn OUTE SVON and Xn OUTT ERC  n 0 7 will be used and  expressed in motion utility    5  Xn IN3  n 0 2 4 6 has three switchable functions   general pur   pose input  JOG  and MPG   Manual Pulser     6  Xn IN4  n 0 2 4 6 has three switchblade functions   general  purpose input  JOG  and MPG  Manual Pulser      11 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    3 2 Location of DIP switch    Figure 3 3 shows the names and locations of DIP switch on the PCI 1285 1285E     The switch is used to set board ID   BoardlD Switch    PCI 1285 1285E have a built in DIP switch  SW1   which is used to define each  card s unigue identifier for Motion Utility  You can determine the BoardlD identifier on  the register as shown in table 3 3  When there are multiple cards in the same chas   sis  this BoardlD setting is useful for identifying each card s unique device number     We set the BoardlD switch to O at the factory  If you need to adjust it
84. CurPos m_CurAxis   strTemp   CurPos m_CurAxis   tx_CmdPos  Text   strTemp  End Sub    Click    Close Device amp Axes     the device and axes in the device will be Closed The  timer is disabled  The code is as follow     Private Sub btn_Close_Click    Dim AxisNum As Long  For AxisNum   0 To AxisPerDev   1 Step 1   Acm_AxClose m_AxisHand AxisNum    Next  Acm_DevClose m_DevHand  cm_Axis Clear  Timer1 Enabled   False   End Sub    6  The result is as follow        Form1    Open    DeviceNumber   0 2000F000  Open Device amp Axes Close Device amp Axes    Frame2    O Axis    Command Position        Figure 6 18 The Execution Result    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 82    6 2 6 3 Creating a New C  Application  To use PCI 1285 1285E Series DSP Based SoftMotion PCI Controller  ADVMOT dll  and relevant driver files are needed  Be sure to install the driver before development   Create a C  project as follows   1  Createanew project  Select  Microsoft Visual Studio 2005  from the Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 in  Start Menu  as follows     m  Microsoft SOL Server 2005  gt    M  Microsoft Visual Studio 6 0             00  E  Visual Studio Remote Tools   n  Microsoft Web Publishing  gt  e Visual Studio Tools   5  PM Designer  gt       en SourceGear Vault            PYS    Visual Studio 2005       To create a new project  Select  File      gt   New      gt   Project  of Main menu  as fol   lows        File   Edit View VAssistX Tools Window Community Help    3  Project    Ctrl Shi   t N    Open  gt 
85. D AxisHandle  F64 NewVelocity   Purpose   To command axis to change the velocity while axis is in velocity motion   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   NewVelocity   F64 IN New velocity    unit   PPU s   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The speed curve is decided by properties  PAR AxVellow  NewVelocity   PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  and PAR AxJerk  The range of NewVelocity is   0   CFG_AxMaxVel    If this command runs successfully  then NewVelocity will be used in next  motion in case the velocity is not specified before the motion     117 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 4 4 3 Acm AxGetCmdVelocity                               Format   U32 Acm AxGetCmdVelocity  HAND AxisHandle  PF64 Velocity   Purpose   Get current command velocity of the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Velocity PF64 OUT Return the command velocity    unit   PPU s   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 4 4 4 Acm AxChangeVelEx  Format     U32 Acm AxChangeVelEx  HAND AxisHandle  F64 NewVelocity  F64  NewAcc  F64 NewDec                                Purpose   Change the velocity  acceleration and deceleration simultaneously in motion  status   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   NewVelocity  F64 IN New velocity   unit   PPU s   NewAcc F64 IN New acceleration   unit   PPU s 2   NewDec F64 IN New
86. Dim Result As Long  i As Long  slaveDevs   As Long   Dim strTemp As String   Dim buffLen As Long   Dim AxisNumber As Long     Open device    Result   Acm_DevOpen m_dwDevNum  m DevHand    If Result  lt  gt  SUCCESS Then  MsgBox  Open Device Failed   voOKOnly   PTP   Exit Sub   End If    buffLen   64     Get Axis count by getting property   Result   Acm GetProperty m DevHand  FT DevAxesCount  AxisPerDev  buf   fLen   If Result  lt  gt  SUCCESS Then  Acm DevClose  m DevHand   MsgBox  get axis number error   voOKOnly   PTP   Exit Sub  End If     Open all of axes  For AxisNumber   0 To AxisPerDev   1 Step 1  Result   Acm_AxOpen m_DevHand  AxisNumber  m_AxisHand AxisNumber    If Result  lt  gt  SUCCESS Then  MsgBox  Open Axis Failed   voOKOnly   PTP   Exit Sub  End If  Acm_AxSetCmdPosition m_AxisHand AxisNumber   0  If Result  lt  gt  SUCCESS Then  MsgBox  Set command position failed   voOKOnly   PTP   Exit Sub  End If  strTemp   AxisNumber  amp    Axis   cm Axis Addltem strTemp    81 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Next  cm Axis Listlndex   0    m CurAxis   0  Timer1 Enabled   True  End Sub    Click the combox to select axis  the code is as follow   Private Sub cm Axis Click     m CurAxis   cm Axis Listlndex  End Sub    The timer is used to get the command position of selected axis  The code is as follow   Private Sub Timer1 Timer    Dim CurPos   As Double  Dim strTemp As String  ReDim CurPos 32      Get command position of selected axis  Acm_AxGetCmdPosition m_AxisHand m_CurAxis   
87. EL  El       STATUS2 ma S  OFF OFF   On   OFF  b  1    d    14  MODE14 AbsSearchRefind Ref  Search ORG  Refind ORG EZ  Move  Dir      gt Search ORG   gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt Leave ORG FL    gt Stop  gt  Move   Dir     gt Refind ORG FL   gt Stop  gt Move  Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  axis moves in the way of MODE7_AbsSearch  and then moves uniformly  in opposite direction at VelLow until ORG signal disappears  Then  axis  reverses the direction again and continues to move uniformly at VelLow until  ORG singal occurs  At last  axis moves in the same direction to Z phase    For example    Dir  Positive    Limit Logic  Active High    ORG Logic  Active High     AbsSearchReFind   EZ    EL ORG EZ EL       minni al OFF On OFF  On OFF On   OFF    EL  ORG EZ ELK       status   OEF  On OFF on   OFF On   OFF OFF On   OFF          EL  ORG EZ ELK y    OFF On   OFF On   off OFF jon   OFF  statusa  OFFI On  a    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 134    AbsSearch process has three situations  For detailed information   see about descriptions in MODE7 AbsSearch     15  MODE15 AbsSearchRefind_NegRef  Search ORG  Refind ORG NegEZ   Move  Dir    gt Search ORG   gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt Leave ORG  FL   gt Stop  gt   Move   Dir   gt Refind ORG FL   gt  Stop  gt  Move   Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  axis moves in the way of MODE7 AbsSearch  and then moves uniformly  in opposite direction at VelLow until ORG signal disappears  Then  axis  reverses the direction again and cont
88. ERC   4 31 Not defined                 Comments     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 194    6 4 3 1 17 2 FT AxGenDIMap  Data Type     R W     U32    R    PropertylD     330    Meaning     Get axis supported general input from IN1 to IN4                               Bits Description   0 IN1 LTC   1 IN2 RDY   2 IN3 JOG    3 IN4 JOG    4 31 Not defined   Comments    6 4 3 1 18 Simultaneity    6 4 3 1 18 1 FT AxSimStartSourceMap  Data Type     R W     U32    R    PropertylD     331    Meaning     The Mode of simultaneous starting that axis supported                                                                 Bits Description   0 Start Simultaneous Starting on signal from STA Pin on device   Default   1 7 Not defined    8 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis O s compare signal   9 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 1 s compare signal  10 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 2 s compare signal  11 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 3 s compare signal  12 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 4 s compare signal  13 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 5 s compare signal  14 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 6 s compare signal  15 Start Simultaneous Starting with axis 7 s compare signal  16 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis O is stopped    17 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 1 is stopped    18 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 2 is stopped    19 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 3 is stopped    20 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 4 is stopped    21 S
89. Emg Emergency Emergency stop   Sd Slow down                   19 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Table 4 1  Abbreviations and Their Meanings                                                    Info Information   Cmp Compare   Inp In position   EZ Encode Z   El Hardware Limit   Mel Negative Limit   Pel Positive Limit   Org Origin   Ext External   FT Feature Feature properties  CFG Configuration Configuration properties  PAR Parameter Parameter properties  Ipo Interpolation   Chan Channel          Naming Rules of API   The naming rules of API are as follows    m Acm DevXXX  Represents this API will implement function for device  such as  device properties setting  Eg Acm DevSetProperty    m Acm DagXXX  Represents this API will implement the function of DI  DO  Al or  AO  Eg Acm_DaqDiGetByte    m Acm AxXXXX  Represents this API will implement function for axis  such as  single axis motion  homing  Eg  Acm AxHome     m Acm GpXXXX  Represents this API will implement function for multiple axes   Such as interpolation motion  Eg  Acm_GpMoveLinearRel     Naming Rules of Property   The properties have three types  feature  configuration and parameter    Feature  Feature properties are related to the hardware features  The naming rules  are as follows    m FT DevXXX  For device  Eg  FT DevAxisCount    m FT DagXXX  For DI  DO  Al  and AO  Eg  FT DagDiMaxChan    m FT AxXXX  For axis object  Eg  FT Ax   m FT GpXXX  For group object    Configuration  The values of configuration properties may
90. I     Aux Gen Output  6 3 4 11 1 Acm AxDoSetBit                                  Format   Acm AxDoSetBit  HAND AxisHandle  U16 DoChannel  U8 BitData   Purpose   Output DO value to channel   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   DoChannel U16 IN Digital output channel 4 7   BitData U8 IN DO value  0 or 1  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If you want to use this general DO function  you must set property  CFG AxGenDoEnable to GEN DO EN first  When CFG AxGenDoEnable  is enabled  the function of CamDo  Erc and Compare will be disabled    automatically and Acm AxSetCmpData  Acm_AxSetCmpAuto    Acm AxSetCmpTable will not be able to generate trigger pulse because    these two functions use the same output pins OUT4   OUT7    6 3 4 11 2 Acm AxDoGetBit  Format   U32 Acm AxDoGetBit  HAND AxisHandle  U16 DoChannel  PU8 BitData   Purpose   Get DO channel status     141 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Parameters                                   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   DoChannel U16 IN Digital output channel 4 7   BitData PU8 OUT DO value  O or 1  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     See about Acm AxDoSetBit   6 3 4 11 3 Acm AxDiGetBit                            Format   U32 Acm AxDiGetBit  HAND AxisHandle  U16 DiChannel  PU8 BitData   Purpose   Get the specified channel s DI value   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from A
91. N OUT Element count in the array  This count  must be equal to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group         Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR_CW  clockwise   1  DIR_CCW  counterclockwise                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     This command just supports 3 axes  The elments in CenterArray and  EndArray must be in order with PhysicallD of axis  User can chose two  axes in group to move arc interpolation by property PAR GpRefPlane  the  other axes decides the height of helix  The unit of distance in CenterArray  and EndArray is PPU of each axis in group    For example    Group  Y  Z  U   CenterArray  Y  Z  U   EndArray  Y  Z  U   If   PAR GpRefPlane  1 YZ_Plane   Z axis and U axis will move arc  interpolation  and Y value in EndArray is the height of helix     The figure of helix is as follow     3 axis spiral interpolation  Center point specification  3 axis spiral interpolation  Center point specification   CW direction Z axis movement  CCW direction Z axis movement   Z axis        direction Z axis     direction                  The center  position can be  specified    The center    position can be  d Y axis specified Y axis        direction    E     direction  X axis    X axis        direction     direction    The interpolation speed is the tangential The interpolation speed is the tangential  velocity of arc velocity of arc     PCI 1285E does not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 160    6 3 5 
92. ND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   NewDec F64 IN Deceleration for decelerating   Unit   PPU s 2   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the decelerating command is sent and the remaing pulse is not enough for  supporting the specified NewDec  then pulse break will occur        Group    SYSTEM    6 3 5 1 1 Acm_GpAddAxis  Format   U32 Acm_GpAddAxis  PHAND GpHandle  HAND AxHandle   Purpose   Add an axis to the specified group                                Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle PHAND IN OUT Point to group handle  NULL or not    AxHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If GpHandle points to NULL  driver will create a new group handle and add  the axis to this new group  If GpHandle points to a valid group handle  driver  will just add the axis to the group     149 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    At most  there are 4 groups in PCI 1285 1285E No more than 8 axes in each  group for PCI 1285 and 2 axes in each group for PCI 1285E     The same axis can not be added in different groups   The master axis in group is the minimal PhysicallD one     The parameters of group are initialized when the first axis is added  Such  as     CFG GpPPU  PAR GpVelLow  PAR GpVelHigh  PAR GpAcc   PAR GPDec and PAR GpJerk     6 3 5 1 2 Acm_GpRemAxis                               Format   U32 Acm_GpRemAxis  HAND GpHandle  HAND AxHandle   Purpose   Remove an axis from the specified group   Parameters   Name Type In or Out D
93. OFF  On OFF On OFF On   OFF    a          iezi FORG iezi      STATUS3 OFFJ On OFF f Oni OFF i On  OFF    1    m STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal and ORG signal  when  home command is written  Firstly  the object will move until ORG signal occur   ring  then continue to move until EZ signal occurring    m STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  the home command is writ   ten  the object begins to move  Firstly  the ORG signal disappears  and then  next ORG signal occurs  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    m STATUSS  If the object is in the field of EZ signal  the home command is written   the object begins to move  Firstly  the EZ signal disappears  and then ORG sig   nal occurs  At last  motion stops when EZ signal occurring     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 128    Note  Home will stop in case EL signal occurs     MODES5 Abs NegRef  ORG EZ  Move  Dir    gt touch ORG   gt Stop   gt Move   Dir     gt touch EZ   gt Stop    This is a composed home mode  The object moves until origin signal occurring  firstly  and then continues to move in opposite direction with ORG until EZ signal  is occurred    For Example    Dir  Positive  ORG logic  Active Logic  EZ Logic  Active Logic     Abs  ORG  NegEZ    i Ezi ORG       STATUS1 OFFI On OFF Oni OFF           iorGi i zi iORG       STATUS    ol OFF   on  OFF   on  OFF    a       STATUS3 OFF       STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal and ORG signal  when  home command i
94. OUT DIR  OUT negative logic          2  4 OUT DIR  DIR negative logic  8 OUT DIR  OUT amp DIR negative logic                PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 200       16 CW CCW   32 CW CCW  CW amp CCW negative logic  256 CW CCW  OUT negative logic    512 CW CCW  DIR negative logic                          Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 16   See also FT AxPulseOutMode     6 4 3 2 5 Alarm    6 4 3 2 5 1 CFG_AxAlmLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   562  Meaning   Set get active logic of alarm signal        Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 5 2 CFG AxAlmEnable   Data Type   U32   R W   RW   PropertylD   561   Meaning   Enable disable motion alarm function  Alarm is a signal generated by motor  drive when motor drive is in alarm status                       Value Description   0 Disabled   1 Enabled  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 0   Please modify  CFG AxAlmReact  and  CFG AxAlmLogic  before modifying the  value of  CFG AxAlmEnable    6 4 3 2 5 3 CFG AxAlmReact  Data Type   U32    201 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       R W   RW  PropertylD   563  Meaning   Set get the stop modes when receiving ALARM signal                          Value Description   0 Motor immediately stops   1 Motor decelerates then stops  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1   6 4 3 2 6 In Position    6 4 3 2 6 1 CFG_AxInpEnable  Data Type   U32  R
95. PF64 IN Distance array of axis in group  each  value of array elements represent the axis  relative position   ArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array This count                must equal to the axis count in this group   or else it will be returned axis count in    group        Return Value     Error Code     Comments     The seguence of data in DistanceArray must follow the order of X axis  Y  axis  Z axis  U axis and so on  For example  if one group has two axes  Y  axis and U axis  The first data in DistanceArray means Y axis  relative  distance and the second data means U axis  relative distance  The unit of  distance in DistanceArray is PPU of each axis in group     The difference between line interpolation and direct interpolation  line  interpolation s speed is divided into even line speed for every axis  axis  moves at this even line speed  Mostly  line interpolation is applied to the axis  assembled as right angle  But direct interpolation s line speed is set into  master axis  The smallest Physical ID axis  and other axes in group start   stop as the same time as master axis  Mostly  direct interpolation is applied  to the axis assembled as obligue angle     At most  it just supports 8 axes direct interpolation in PCI 1285  2 axes in    PCI 1285E   6 3 5 4 9 Acm GpChangeVel    Format     U32 Acm GpChangeVel  HAND GroupHandle  F64 NewVelocity     Purpose     Command group to change the velocity while group is in line interpolation    motion     157    P
96. Purpose   Get the latch data in device after triggering latch   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle  HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   PositionNo U32 IN 0  Command position  1  Actual position   Position PF64 OUT Latch data  uint PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 10 2 Acm AxTriggerLatch  Format   U32 Acm AxTriggerLatch  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose   Trigger the hardware to latch position data   Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description                   AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen        Return Value   Error Code   Comments   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 10 3 Acm_AxResetLatch             Format   U32 Acm AxResetlatch  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose   Clear the latch data and latch flag in device   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen                    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 140       6 3 4 11    Return Value   Error Code   Comments   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 10 4 Acm AxGetLatchFlag             Format   U32 Acm AxGetLatchFlag  HAND AxisHandle  PU8 LatchFlag   Purpose   Get the latch flag in device if data is latched   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   LatchFlag PU8 OUT The flag data   1  Data is latched   0  not latched                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments   PCI 1285E does not support this AP
97. Rel2DDirect    13  Abs3DDirect    14  Rel3DDirect    15  Abs4DDirect    16  Rel4DDirect    17  Abs5DDirect    18  Rel5DDirect    19  Abs6DDirect    20  Rel6DDirect    21  Abs3DArcCW    not support   22  Rel3DArcCW   not support   23  Abs3DArcCCW   not support   24  RelSDArcCCW  not support   25  Abs3DHelixCW   26  Rel3DHelixCW   27  Abs3DHelixCCW   28  Rel3DHelixCCW   29  GPDELAY  uint ms        MoveMode PU16    OUT    Move mode   0  No blending  1  Blending       FH PF64    OUT    Unit  PPU of master Axis the minimal  PhysicallD Axis        FL PF64    OUT    Unit  PPU of master Axis the minimal  PhysicallD Axis        EndPoint_DataArray   PF64    OUT    Unit  PPU of master Axis the minimal  PhysicallD Axis        CenPoint_DataArray   PF64    OUT    Unit  PPU of master Axis the minimal  PhysicallD Axis              ArrayElements PU32       IN OUT       Return axis count       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If you want to know the setting of a path  you can call this API     6 3 5 6 Pause  amp  Resume    6 3 5 6 1 Acm GpPauseMotion    Format     U32 Acm GpPauseMotion HAND GroupHandle     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    172       Purpose     Pause group movement     Parameters        Name    Type    In or Out Description          GroupHandle       HAND             IN Axis handle from Acm_GpAddAxis       Return Value     Error Code     Comments     When the Group in the process of movement  its issued pause command   the board after the receipt of the command will decele
98. Stop  Click  Stop  to dissolve the synchronization and the slave axis s state will be    Ready        5 5 1 6 Gantry Motion  Select Gantry in Synchronized Mode  you can configure and operate the gantry  movement     Gantry Motion Configuration    Reference Source Direction     Command Pos O Feedback Pos  O  Same O Opposite    5 5 1 6 1 Configuration  Before the establishment of gantry synchronization  you need to configure the follow   ing parameters   1  Reference Source  the Master axis s position reference source   a  Command Position  reference source is command position     b  Feedback Position  reference source is as feedback position     49 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 5 2    5 5 2 1    5 5 2 2    5 5 2 3    5 5 2 4    2  Direction  The Slave axis direction relative to the Master axis  a  Same  Same as the Master axis     b  Opposite  Opposite to the Master axis     5 5 1 6 2 Gantry In    Click  Gantry In  to the Slave axis will establish gantry synchronization with the Mas   ter axis and the Slave s state will change into  Synchronous Driving   Thereafter  if  the Master axis is in P to P or Continue motion  the Slave axis will follow the Master  axis to move with the configuration accordingly     5 5 1 6 3 Stop    Click  Stop  to dissolve the gantry synchronization and Slave axis s state will be   Ready      Master Axis Operation    Master Axis  Select an axis as the Master axis from all the axes of the selected device     Note  The master and slave cannot be the 
99. T AxPulselnMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   306    185 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Get the pulse input features supported by this motion device                    Bits Description  0 Mode   1 Logic   2 Source  3 31 Not defined                 Comments     6 4 3 1 3 2 FT AxPulselnModeMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   307  Meaning   Get axis supported pulse input mode        Bits Description       0 1X A B       1 2X A B       2 4X A B       3 CW CCW             4 31 Not defined           Comments   6 4 3 1 4 Pulse Out    6 4 3 1 4 1 FT AxPulseOutMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   308  Meaning   Get the pulse output features supported by this motion device        Bits Description       0 Mode             1 31 Not defined           Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 1     6 4 3 1 4 2 FT_AxPulseOutModeMap  Data Type   U32    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 186    R W   R  PropertylD   309  Meaning   Get pulse output modes supported by this motion device        Bits Description       OUT DIR       OUT DIR  OUT negative logic       OUT DIR  DIR negative logic       OUT DIR  OUT amp DIR negative logic       CW CCW          A B Phase       B A Phase       CW CCW  OUT negative logic  Not support        CW CCW  DIR negative logic  Not support              0  1  2  3  4  5 CW CCW  CW amp CCW negative logic  6  7  8  9  1    0 31 Not defined           Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 63                                                
100. User Manual       PCI 1285 1285E    DSP Based SoftMotion  PCI Controller    AD ANTECH    Enabling an Intelligent Planet    Copyright    This documentation and the software included with this product are copyrighted 2012  by Advantech Co   Ltd  All rights are reserved  Advantech Co   Ltd  reserves the right  to make improvements in the products described in this manual at any time without  notice    No part of this manual may be reproduced  copied  translated or transmitted in any  form or by any means without the prior written permission of Advantech Co   Ltd   Information provided in this manual is intended to be accurate and reliable  However   Advantech Co   Ltd  assumes no responsibility for its use  nor for any infringements  of the rights of third parties which may result from its use     Acknowledgments    PC LabCard is a trademark of Advantech Co   Ltd    IBM and PC are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation    MS DOS  Windows    Microsoft   Visual C   and Visual BASIC are trademarks of  Microsoft   Corporation    Intel   and Pentium   are trademarks of Intel Corporation    Delphi and C  Builder are trademarks of Inprise Corporation     CE Notification    The PCI 1285 1285E  developed by Advantech CO   LTD   has passed the CE test  for environmental specifications when shielded cables are used for external wiring   We recommend the use of shielded cables  This kind of cable is available from  Advantech  Contact your local supplier for ordering infor
101. VelHigh  The  default value is 2000 PPU   6 4 3 3 1 2 PAR AxVelHigh  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   402  Meaning   Set get high velocity  driving velocity  of this axis  Unit  PPU s    Comments   This property value must be smaller than CFG AxMaxVel and greater than  PAR AxVellLow The default value is 8000   6 4 3 3 1 3 PAR AxAcc  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   403  Meaning   Set get acceleration of this axis  Unit  PPU s2    Comments     This property value must be smaller than or egual to CFG AxMaxAcc  The  default value is 10000     221 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 3 1 4 PAR AxDec  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   404  Meaning   Set get deceleration of this axis  Unit  PPU s     Comments   This property value must be smaller than or equal to CFG AxMaxDec  The  default value is 10000   6 4 3 3 1 5 PAR AxJerk  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   405  Meaning   Set get the type of velocity profile  t curve or s curve        Value Description                      0 T curve Default   1 S curve  Comments     The actual jerk is calculated by driver     If PAR AxJerk is set to be 1  the PAR AxAcc not means acceleration but  max acceleration and PAR_AxDec not means deceleration but max  deceleration     6 4 3 3 2 Home    6 4 3 3 2 1 PAR AxHomeCrossDistance   Data Type   F64   R W   RW   PropertylD   408   Meaning   Set the home cross distance  Unit  PPU   This property must be greater than  0  The default value is 10000     PCI 1285 1285E User Ma
102. X1_OUT7 ERC   X1 CW  PULS    X1 CW  PULS    X1 CCW  DIR    X1 CCW  DIR     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       CN1A  Figure 3 2 I O Connector Pin Assignment for CN1A and CN1B    X3_OUT4 CAM DO  x3 OUTS CMP  X3_OUT6 SVON  X3_OUT7 ERC  X3_CW  PULS   X3_CW  PULS   X3_CCW  DIR    X3 CCW  DIR     10    X5_OUT4 CAM DO  X5_OUT5 CMP  X5_OUT6 SVON  X5_OUT7 ERC   X5 CW  PULS   X5_CW  PULS    X5 CCW  DIR   X5_CCW  DIR        CN1B    X7 OUTA CAM D  X7 OUTS CMP  X7_OUT6 SVON  X7_OUT7 ERC  X7 CW  PULS   X7 CW  PULS   X7 CCW  DIR   X7 CCW  DIR     Table 3 1  I O Connector Signal Description                                                                                                    Signal Name Reference   Direction   Description   VEX   Input External Power  12 24Vpc    EMG   Input Emergency Stop  for all axes    LMT  E Input   Direction Limit   LMT    Input   Direction Limit   LTC   Input Position Latch   RDY   Input Servo Ready   ORG   Input Home Position   INP   Input In Position Input   ALM N Input Servo Error   ECA    Input Encoder Phase A    ECA    Input Encoder Phase A     ECB    Input Encoder Phase B     ECB    Input Encoder Phase B     ECZ    Input Encoder Phase Z     ECZ    Input Encoder Phase Z     EGND     Ground   DI EGND Input General purposed digital input   DO EGND Output General purposed digital output   CAM DO EGND Output DO during assigned position interval and   vice versa   CMP EGND Output Compare to Trigger Output   SVON EGND Output Servo ON   ERC EGND Output Error 
103. Y IN1 LTC ffOn     OUTT ERCOUTG SVON OUTS CMP OVT4 CAN DO  M  On    0 0 0 ee  O O o O gor    DI   As the above figure  DI 3 0  status  from right to left is DIO to DI3 respectively   Wherein    indicates the DI is in effect  ON  and its value is 1    indicates the DI is  not in effect  OFF  and its value is 0     DO   As the above figure  DO 7 4  status  from right to left is DO4 to DO7 respectively   Wherein   amp  indicates the DO is in effect  ON  and its value is 1   amp  indicates the DO  is not in effect  OFF  and its value is 0     Last Error Status    Last Error Status    Error Code  0 Error Message  SUCCESS    You can check the latest error code and error message  If there is no any error  the  error code is  0   error message is  SUCCESS      37 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 3 10 I O Status    5 4    You can visually know the I O status from the LED bar  Wherein    indicates the  device does not support the function or does not have the corresponding I O    indi   cates the device support the function  but I O is not triggered  OFF     indicates the    HO Status  RDY m  LNT  a  IT  2  ORG E   DIR a  me m  i a  a  EZ  a   a   am   a  a  svon  Gam   ja  m  m  m  m    corresponding I O is triggered  ON      For details  refer to the description about Status in Acm_AxGetMotionlO function  which is listed in Common API of Programming guide     If no functional or no corresponding item  the text will be displayed as grey  If the  board supporting the function  but not e
104. Y UaU av 44  5 4 6  POSITION uu iu vaasan Yd dada kasa WRN OT an Noo YNO Dd KVA NAO WD RNA Ron DDN YNO 44  547 State  amp  StalllSi i iie in HNN FY Y WT TAV ynd 44  Synchronized Motion           oooooossss n naan naan naa n aa annan nanaeeen 45  5 5 1 Slave Axis Operation            uuuousssse n kaa a aa ena nananana 45  5 5 2 Master Axis Operation            uuooossusn naan aan aa aan aaaen 50  Digital   1  010  AR EOS OP S PNI 51  Digital OUtPUt iu castes saumassa sa read Henkan em   peda de ana iiaiai 51  Analog INPUt    ivisoe sas cetvtins coasted ancien aan avai SE v aN A 51    Chapter6Programming Guide53    6 1    6 2    LLun go 1o 18 Le Lo  E et Wied die hei eet reed 54  6 1 1 Data Type Redefinition 0 0    ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenaeees 54  6 1 2 About Error COode     ouuoouuuunmmsn maan naa ana naa nannaa naa an nn nno  55  6 1 3  About EVGNT ccc  ci ttn etait ibe tees 55  6 1 4 About Using Common Motion API in Win7    sse 55  6 1 5 About Elevating Application Privileges    n se 56  Getting Started       0   eccccecccceeeeceeeecceeeeaaeeeeneeeeeeaeseseeeee n aa annan naan aaanee 57  6 2 1 PCI 1285 1285E Software architecture           uuuuussussn nnen 57  Figure 6 1 PCI 1285 1285E Software Architecture                     57  6 2 2 Flow Ghats  sieeve  suossa ae aan etes avata tres iaai aaia 58  Figure 6 2 Basic Operation Flow Chart                   99  9999 99ennen  58  Figure 6 3 Single Axis Operation Flow Chart                    99e    59  Figure 6 4 Mu
105. _AxGetState y    Get states of axis   Acm AxStopDec N v  Decelerated stop   Stop Acm_AxStopEmg N y Emergency stop   Acm_AxStopDecEx J N Command the axis to stop and  specify the deceleration   Acm AxMoveVel N V  Command continuous motion   Acm AxChangeVel J N Command velocity changing on  current motion   Acm AxChangeVelByRate N N Change ne velocity or current  motion according to the given rate   Velocity Change the velocity  acceleration  Motion      Acm AxChangeVelEx y y _ land deceleration simultaneously in  motion status   Change the velocity  acceleration  Acm AxChangeVelExByRate   N y _ land deceleration simultaneously in  motion status   Acm_AxGetCmdVelocity N v  Get current command velocity   Acm AxMoveRel N 4 Command relative point to point  motion   Point to   Acm_AxMoveAbs s N Command absolute point to point    motion   js Ch d iti int t  Motion Acm AxChangePos N y ange Sne POSHO SROM  point motion   Acm AxMovelmpose N X Impose new motion on current  motion   Acm_AxSimStartSuspendAbs N X Suspend absolute simultaneous  motion   Acm_AxSimStartSuspendRel J X Suspend relative simultaneous    motion   amane Acm_AxSimStartSuspendVel y X _ Suspend continuous motion   ous Motion  Acm AxSimStart J X Start suspending simultaneous  motion   Acm_AxSimStop A  X Stop suspending simultaneous  motion   Home Acm AxHome y Command home                    67    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                                                                                                  
106. a 14  3 9 Servo Error  amp  Alarm  ALM             eeeeuuie ninne LLY Y LLAI ELLY aan naan a aa aa nanna 14  3 10 Encoder Input  ECA     ECB     ECZ         ouuusssiseett etta e nananana 14  Figure 3 7 Circuit Diagram of Encoder Feedback                       14   3 11 Emergency Stop Input  EMG         oossssssse nana n naa a naa naan Yr aaaeeen 15  Figure 3 8 Circuit Diagram of Emergency Stop Input Signal       15   3 12 External Power Input  VEX   s sisien neinna n aa nannaa annan nannat 15  3 13 Position Window Output  CAM DO          cuuosssssssse naan nanna nannat 15  Figure 3 9 Circuit Diagram of Position Window Output                15   3 14 Activate Servo ON  SVON         cuuuuuusemmaa naene AL LLYRY LL a nananana 16  3 15 Servo Error Counter Clear  ERC                ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeececaeeeeeeeeseeeeesaeees 16  3 16 Position Compare Output  CMP               ccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeestaeeseeas 16  3 17 JOG and MP Gisse sachs ea Ea aA T YNG FD MEDD 16  3 18 Simultaneous Start and Stop within Multiple Cards                  99  eee enen 16    Chapter4Common Motion API17    4 1 Introduction of Common Motion Architecture               uusssusssnsn nnen 18  4 2 Device Number  sumiuustmsmustaamasuumuan aa  use san DY a En gn Y skn ese Fas 19  4 3 Naming Rules of API and Properties              uussssssssa inn naan aan nneen 19   Table 4 1  Abbreviations and Their Meanings                 eeee 19    1 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    Chapter5Utility21    5 1    
107. after calling this function     Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description             AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen                 Return Value   Error Code   Comments     113 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 4 2 Motion IO    6 3 4 2 1 Acm AxSetSvOn                            Format   U32 Acm AxSetSvOn  HAND AxisHandle  U32 OnOff   Purpose   Set servo Driver ON or OFF   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   OnOff U32 IN Setting the action of SVON signal   0  Off   1  On  Return Value   Error Code     Comments     6 3 4 2 2 Acm AxGetMotionlO    Format     U32 Acm AxGetMotionlO  HAND AxisHandle  PU32 Status     Purpose     Get the motion I O status of the axis     Parameters        Name    Type    In or Out    Description       AxisHandle    HAND    IN    Axis handle from Acm AxOpen        Status          PU32       OUT       Bit Description   0 RDY     RDY pin input    1 ALM      Alarm Signal input    2 LMT       Limit Switch     3 LMT       Limit Switch     4 ORG     Origin Switch    5 DIR      DIR output    6 EMG      Emergency signal input    7 PCS      PCS signal    8  ERC      Output deflection counter clear signal to  a servomotor driver  OUT7    9  EZ      Encoder Z signal    10  CLR      ext  input to Clear postion counter  not  support in PCI 1285 1285E   11  LTC      Latch signal input    12  SD      Slow Down signal input   not support in  PCI 1285 1285E    13  INP      In Position s
108. analog inputs and channel index is as 0 and  1     Input Range  analog input range    1  Analog Input Value  According to the sampling period  the analog input value  sampled from the input channel    2  Configuration    a  Channel Mode  single ended channel and differential channel are available   b  Sampling period  use scrollbar to modify the value and its range is 200 10000ms   This function is not supported by PCI 1285 1285E     51 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    52    Programming Guide    This chapter is to detail the pro   gramming API for each function        6 1 Introduction    This chapter supplies the APIs for user  shows the APIs definitions and how to use  them     PCI 1285 1285E device driver is based on the Common Motion Architecture  About  the detail of Common Motion Architecture  see about Secton 4 3  According to this  Architecture  all of functions and properties have been classified three types  Device  Object  Axis Object  Single Axis  and Group Object  Multiple Axis   There are  several basic concepts which should be known before using the API functions and  properties     m Naming of API and Properties  All of APIs and Properties under the Common  Motion Architecture follows the uniform naming regulation  See about section    4 3 3    m Data type redefinition  For simplifying code  the common data types are rede   fined    m Error Code  All of APIs will return code to show success to call or failed for  which error     6 1 1
109. application has to call this func   tion  please add the corresponding Manifest file and grant administrator rights to  the application   Please refer to  About Granting Administrator Rights to Appli   cations        2  IF you open C  VB net examples with VS2008 or VS2010 and the following  error messages appear     55 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       Microsoft Visual Studio  mt dem       v 1 Error while trying to run project  Unable to start program     C  Program Files Advantech Common  Motion Examples Windows C  Event bin Debug Event exe        This application has failed to start because the application  configuration is incorrect  Review the manifest file for possible  errors  Reinstalling the application may fix this problem  For more  details  please see the application event log              Uncheck the    Enable ClickOnce Security Setting    option in Security column of Project  properties  Recompile and the application will run successfully           6 1 5 About Elevating Application Privileges    1  To develop applications with Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 VS2005   you can  copy the Manifest file  app manifest  from the Properties folder of C  VB net  examples to the Projects folder of the project  Click  Project   gt  Add Existing  Item  to add it to the project    2  _ To develop applications with Microsoft Visual C   6 0  you can copy the Mani   fest file  App manifest  from VC examples to the path of the project  Import this  fle to the source  Source type  24 
110. array pointer  PassArrayCnt   U32 IN Password length is 2 per set  ReadArray PU32 OUT Read private data  BufferLength U32 IN Data length is 2 per set   Return Value    Error Code    Comments     Reading will not be allowed by wrong password input over 3 times  The error count  will change to O after restart     93 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 2    6 3 2 1    6 3 2 2    6 3 2 3    Device Object    Acm DevOpen                               Format   U32 Acm DevOpen  U32 DeviceNumber  PHAND DeviceHandle   Purpose   Open a specified device to get device handle   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceNumber U32 IN Device Number  DeviceHandle PHAND  OUT Return a point to the device handle  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     This function should be called firstly before any operation of the device     Acm DevClose  Format   U32 Acm DevClose  PHAND DeviceHandle   Purpose   Close a device   Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description                   DeviceHandle PHAND IN A pointer to the device handle          Return Value   Error Code   Comments   Last of all  the device must be closed through this function     Acm_DevLoadConfig  Format    U32 Acm_DevLoadConfig  HAND DeviceHandle  PI8 ConfigPath   Purpose    Set all configurations for the device according to the loaded file   Parameters              Name Type In or Out Description   DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm_DevOpen    ConfigPath PI8 IN Pointer to a string that saves configuration  fi
111. art   you can see the velocity curve     fel Axis Scope View    Velocity VS Time          Velocity PPU  10 3        Wherein  on the right there are setting and operating buttons  on the left there is          Setting  Velocity Axis Max   10000   PPY    Time Axis Length  50   Sec  Spd Curve Color  Blu v   Act Pos Curve  IM Red v   Cmd Pos Curve      Gre      Y Source   Velocity vj             H Zoom    Y Zoom          movement speed curve in single axis motion     5 3 2 5 1 Setting  Setting items are as follows     DRON       Actual Position  Command Position  Velocity Actual Positi  Velocity Command Posit  Command Actual Positio  All    None    Vertical Max Value  sets maximum vertical coordinate   Time Length Value  sets maximum horizontal coordinate   Spd Curve Color  setsthe color for speed curve    Act Pos Curve  sets the color for actual position curve   Cmd Pos Curve  sets the color for command position curve     Y Source  data source for vertical coordinate  You can select any one or any  combination of velocity  command position and actual position as below     29 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 3 3    5 3 4    5 3 4 1    7  _H Zoom  if it is checked  it indicates horizontal zoom is enabled  you can select  appropriate region by the mouse to zoom in    8  V Zoom  if it is checked  it indicates vertical zoom is enabled  you can select  appropriate region by the mouse to zoom in    After the setting item is edited  the value will become effective as the mouse leaves   t
112. ary       3 Header Files  Blend s  gt    Debug Multithreaded  gt     E StdAfx h  Resource Files Calling convention  Struct member alignment     E  ReadMe ta TN       o nys    E             Project Options        inologo  Gz JMTd  W3 JGm JGX  ZI JOd ID  WIN32  J D       DEBUG   D   CONSOLE   D    MBCS    Fp Debug PCI1245APP pch   Yu  stdafx h    Fo  Debug   a    Cancel  Figure 6 10 Setting Calling Convention             b  Set the head files path  the paths as follows contains all of head files which may be  used by user  Plese pay attention the paths which must be corrective  For example   the content of folder which contains this project is as follow     75 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    I    Include    o Pp    Public PCI124SAPP    Figure 6 11 Folder Content of This Example    So the path setting is as follow     Project Settings    Settings For   Win32 Debug v            3 Source Files     PCI1245APP cpp   4  StdAfx cpp    3 Header Files  E StdAfx h   3 Resource Files   E ReadMe txt          General   Debug C C     Link   Resources   Bi      Reset       Category    Preprocessor    Preprocessor definitions   WIN32  DEBUG  CONSOLE  MBCS       Undefined symbols  F Undefine all symbols    Additional include directories     APublict  include       Ignore standard include paths       Project Options    inologo  Gz  MTd  W3  Gm  GX  ZI  Od JI   APublicW  fl A   Ainclude   I     general   D  WIN32   D  DEBUG   D       CONSOLE   D    MBCS   Fp Debug PCI1 245APP pch  a          Figure
113. ation synchronization    Master Slave  x  N    Velocity Velocity  25 25        Position Position    H A   Slaveposition    About the E gear operation  see about E Gear gantry flow chart in Chapter  6 2 2     Slaveposition       t    6 3 4 13 3 Acm_AxPhaseAx  Format     U32 Acm_AxPhaseAx HAND AxisHandle  F64 Acc  F64 Dec  F64  PhaseSpeed  F64 PhaseDist     Purpose     Enable the phase lead or phase lag motion of the salve axis during the  process of electronic cam or electronic gear     145 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Parameters                                      Name Type In orOut Description   AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen    Acc F64 IN Acceleration of phase lead lag motion   Unit   PPU s 2    Dec F64 IN Deceleration of phase lead lag motion   Unit   PPU s 2    PhaseSpeed F64 IN Speed of phase lead lag motion   Unit  PPU   s    PhaseDist F64 IN Distance of phase lead lag motion   Unit   PPU    Return Value   Error Code     Comments     The API enables the slave axis to pull ahead or lag behind the previous  motion during the process of electronic cam or electronic gear  If  PhaseDist gt 0  it enables the phase lead motion  if PhaseDist lt 0  it enables  the phase lag motion   If the remaining Pulse is not enough  then the slave axis could not reach the  specified phase  An error will be retrieved if this command is re sent before  the phase lead lag motion ends    Becuase of the floating number caculation error  the maximum acceleration   deceleratoin sp
114. axis O is failed   n     getchar     return O     Acm DevClose  amp devHandle    getchar       return O     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 78    5     The execution result     et E AMY PROJECTSIMYEXAMPLEWCI1245APPWebugWPCI       of x     s successfully   Open device ully   Get property ccessfully   Open axes ullyt    Command axis   point to point motion successfully              Figure 6 14 Result of VC Sonsole Example    6 2 6 2 Creating a New Visual Basic Application  For creating a new console application  the procedure is as follow     al    Open the Visual Basic 6 0 development program  it will be loaded as follow     New Project         New   Existing   Recent      Gepe  Activex EXE ActiveX DLL Activex VB  EXE Control Applicati        gt  bd bd g bd  N YYYY  VB Wizard ActiveX Activex Addin Data Project  Manager Docume    Docume          Pa  amp  Fen  amp  Pa  amp              I Don t show this dialog in the future           Figure 6 15 Load VB Development Environment    Select the Standard EXE icon and press the    Open    button  A new project is  created    Adding the module into project  Click on the Project Explorer in the View  menu  Add ADVMOT bas  In the Advantech Motion Common Public folder after  installing examples package  module and general bas  In the folder  Advan   tech Motion Common Examples after installing examples package  by clicking  on Add Module in the Project menu     79 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual        Project1  Project1 vbp   3 65 Forms   amp  For
115. axis s absolute position motion                                Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position F64 IN Absolute position  unit   PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The speed curve is decided by properties  PAR AxVelLow     PAR AxVelHigh   PAR AxAcc  PAR AxDec  and PAR AxJerk     The range of Distance is   2147483647   2147483647  if PPU is 1     6 3 4 5 3 Acm AxChangePos  Format   U32 Acm AxChangePos  HAND AxisHandle  F64 NewDistance   Purpose     To command axis to change the end distance while axis is in point to point  motion     Parameters        Name Type In or Out   Description       AxisHandle HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen                    NewDistance  F64 IN New relative distance   unit   PPU           Return Value   Error Code   Comments     This function will change the end position to specified position on current ptp  motion     The range of Distance is   2147483647 2147483647 if PPU is 1     121 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 4 5 4 Acm AxMovelmpose                               Format   U32 Acm AxMovelmpose  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Position  F64 NewVel   Purpose   Impose a new motion on current motion   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position F64 IN The relative position of new motion  unit   PPU   NewVel F64 IN The velocity of this imposed motion   unit    PPU s   Return Value   Error Code     Comments
116. axis s starting position is 0  The X_Pos and Y Pos of CAM Table s last  line  that is the last CAM Point  must be  ModuleRange  0   which means the  Master axis rotates a circle and the Slave axis backs to the starting position 0     a  No  CAM Point  s serial number   b  X Pos  horizontal position coordinate  Master axis s position   c  Y Pos  vertical position coordinate  Slave axis s position     d  Range  The distance between reference point and CAM Point  For detail  refer to the  description about PointRange in Acm DevDownloadCAMTable function which is listed  in Common API of Programming guide The default value is the edited value of poin   tRange  You can change the value by editing it  When you add more CAM Points  the  pointRange will be also changed  If you want to change pointRange of edited CAM Point   directly modify it in CAM Table     e  Slope  the slope between two reference points of CAM Point  For detail  refer to the  description about PointSlope in Acm DevDownloadCAMTable function which is listed in  Common API of Programming guide  The default value is the value in Slope editing box   which can be modified by editing the value in the edit box  the slope of following added  CAM Point will be the modified value in the edit box  If you want to change the Slope of  edited CAM Point  directly edit in CAM Table     Note  The range of Slope value is from  10 to 10  If the value is less than    N 10  it will be  10 by default  And if the value is larger than 10 
117. bject reserves direction and moves  the ORG signal disap   pears  then reverses direction again and continues to move  the ORG signal  occurs again  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    m STATUSS  If there is no ORG signal occurring  EL signal happens before ORG  signal  the object reverses direction when EL signal happens and continues to  move  and then the ORG signal from happening to disappearing  Reverses  direction again  continues to move  the ORG signal will happen and disappear  again  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    10  MODE10 AbsSearch NegRef  Search ORG   NegEZ  Move  Dir    gt Search  ORG   gt Stop   gt Move   Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  object moves in the way of MODE7 AbsSearch  and then moves in  opposite direction until EZ signal occurring    For example    Dir  Positive  Limit logic  Active High  ORG logic  Active High     AbsSearch   NegEZ    EL EZ ORG EL       STATUS1 OFEI On OFF on   OFF  on OFF On   OFF    EL EZ ORG EL       OFF On OFF On  OFF OFF On   OFF  statusz CEE  On    EL EZ ORG EL       OFF  On  OFF fon OFF on  ore OFF fon OFF    STATUS3 a  b a         m STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal and ORG signal  when  home command is written  Firstly  the object will move until ORG signal occur   ring  then reverse direction and continue to move until EZ signal occurring    m STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  the home command is writ   ten  firstly  the object 
118. c Electricity    Follow these simple precautions to protect yourself from harm and the products from   damage    1  To avoid electrical shock  always disconnect the power from your PC chassis  before you work on it  Don t touch any components on the CPU card or other  cards while the PC is on    Disconnect power before making any configuration changes  The sudden rush of   power as you connect a jumper or install a card may damage sensitive electronic   components     iii PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Warnings  Cautions and Notes    Warning  Warnings indicate conditions  which if not observed  can cause personal    injury     Caution  Cautions are included to help you avoid damaging hardware or losing    data  e g    A There is a danger of a new battery exploding if it is incorrectly installed   Do not attempt to recharge  force open  or heat the battery  Replace the  battery only with the same or eguivalent type recommended by the man   ufacturer  Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s  instructions     Note  Notes provide optional additional information     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual IV    Contents    Chapter1Introduction1    1 1 ate Y  LL Le EEA              OY O I A A AH PHA REF RF FERF 2  1 2 APPICATION Saamansa i aisan ana oy GU tut ut nace eared aati tenet 2  1 3 Installation Guide  liii ua aanta svaa   vaaka aan ana N AWARE Manda OND NAWN RaNNMN STN ANUN audav  aAN 3  1 4 ACCessSOofleSi ii Y aa tasan ana aa aa NN kaiman KANE auuie aN kalua a Ny EAN HAK
119. can not be slave axis of ganry   If the command actual position of master axis is reset  command actual  position of slave axis is reset same value too   About the gantry operation  see about E Gear gantry flow chart in Chapter  6 2 2   PCI 1285E does not support this API                             6 3 4 15 Stop  6 3 4 15 1 Acm AxStopDec  Format   U32 Acm AxStopDec  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose   Command the axis to decelerate and stop   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the axis is in synchronous drive mode  for example  the slave axis of  E cam E gear Tangent motion  then the API can be used to terminate the  synchronization     6 3 4 15 2 Acm AxStopEmg                            Format   U32 Acm AxStopEmg  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose   Command the axis to stop  without decelerating    Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the axis is in synchronous drive mode  for example  the slave axis of E   cam E gear Tangent motion  then the API can be used to terminate the syn  chronization     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 148    6 3 5    6 3 5 1    6 3 4 15 3 Acm AxStopDecEx  Format   U32 Acm AxStopDecEx  HAND AxisHandle  F64 NewDec   Purpose   Command the axis to stop and specify the deceleration                                Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HA
120. closing     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 168    and the paths contained in PathHandle are deleted from driver at the same  time     6 3 5 5 4 Acm GpUnloadPath             Format   U32 Acm GpUnloadPath  HAND GroupHandle  PHAND PathHandle   Purpose   Unload path data   Parameter   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   PathHandle PHAND IN Pointer to path handle from  Acm GpLoadPath                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 5 5 5 Acm GpMovePath          Format   U32 Acm GpMovePath  HAND GroupHandle  HAND PathHandle   Purpose   Start continuous interpolation motion  Path    Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   PathHandle PHAND IN Pointer to path handle from  Acm GpLoadPath                    Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the PathHandle is returned by Acm_GpLoadPath  the path data will be  passed to system path buffer first  then driver start path motion  If the  PathHandle is NULL  the path data in system path buffer will be executed  directly     6 3 5 5 6 Acm GpGetPathStatus    Format     U32 Acm GpGetPathStatus  HAND GroupHandle  PU32 pCurlndex  PU32  pCurCmdFunc  PU32 pRemainCount  PU32 pFreeSpaceCount              Purpose   Get current status of path buffer   Parameters   Name Type  In or Out   Description  GpHandle HAND  IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   pCurlndex PU32  OUT Return current index of path data in path buffer          
121. cm AxOpen   DiChannel U16 IN Digital input channel   0 3   BitData PU8 OUT DI value  O or 1  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 4 12 Ext Drive  6 3 4 12 1 Acm AxSetExtDrive                Format   U32 Acm AxSetExtDrive  HAND AxisHandle  U16 ExtDrvMode   Purpose   Enable or disable external drive mode   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   ExtDrvMode U16 IN 0  Disabled  stop command   1  JOG Mode  2  MPG Mode  3  JOG Step mode reserved                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 142    6 3 4 13 Cam Gear    6 3 4 13 1 Acm AxCamlnAx  Format   U32 Acm AxCamlnAx  HAND AxisHandle  HAND MasAxisHandle  F64    MasterOffset  F64 SlaveOffset  F64 MasterScaling  F64 SlaveScaling  U32  CamrTablelD  U32 RefSrc     Purpose     This function starts cam synchronization with a cam table between a slave   following  axis and master  leading  axis    Camming is done with one table  two dimensional   describing master and  slave positions together   The table should be strictly monotonic rising or  falling  going both reverse and forward with the master                          Parameters    Name Type In or Out Description   AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm_AxOpen  this han   dle should be slave  following  axis han   dle    MasAxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm_AxOpen  this han   dle should be master  leading  axis han   dle    MasterOffset F64 IN Shifting the cam along t
122. dex  0 9999    Repeat U8 IN Repeat count   0 255                       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 170    Return Value   Error Code   Comments   Command to move paths which index is between StartIndex and Endlndex     If PathHandle is null  it will move specified paths in system path buffer  If  PathHandle is not null  the paths in PathHandle will be loaded in system  path buffer firstly  then move specified paths     If the value of Repeat is zero  the specified paths will be executed  continuosly and repeatly until stoping group motion     If value of Endlndex is greater than path count in system path buffer  it will  move paths between Startlndex path and last index path in system path  buffer   6 3 5 5 8 Acm GpGetPathlndexStatus  Format     Acm GpGetPathlndexStatus  HAND GroupHandle  U32 Index  PU16  CmdFunc  PU16 MoveMode  PF64 FH  PF64 FL  F64 EndPoint DataArray   PF64 CenPoint DataArray  PU32 ArrayElements     Purpose   Get the status of specified index path in system path buffer   Parameters              Name Type   In or Out   Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis  Index U32 IN Index of path                       171 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual       CmdFunc PU16    OUT    Return current command function in  executing    0 EndPath   1  Abs2DLine   2  Rel2DLine   3  Abs2DArcCW    4  Abs2DArcCCW    5  Rel2DArcCW    6  Rel2DArcCCW    7  Abs3DLine    8  Rel3DLine    9  Abs4DLine  not support    10  Rel4DLine   not support   11  Abs2DDirect    12  
123. e Axis Flow Chart    Multi   Axes Motion Operation    Acm Reset   Optional     Configuration i   Optional            a              Line Move Direct Move    Arc Move    Acm GpMovelineRel Acm GpMoveArcRel Acm GpMoveDirectRel  Acm_GpMoveLineAbs Acm GpMoveArcAbs Acm GpMoveDirectAbs    Group Busy              Other Operatio       Stop Motion     Acm_GpStopDec  Acm_GpStopEmg  Other Process    Figure 6 4 Multiple Axis Operation Flow Chart    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 60    6 2 2 4 E cam Flow Chart       Edit Cam table   by Utility or Other Tool     Acm_DevDownLoadCAMTable Acm_DevLoadCAMTableFile          Figure 6 5 Cam Operation Flow Chart    61 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 2 2 5 E Gear Gantry Flow Chart    Gear Gantry Operation      amie ama  Acm_Reset I     Optional     Fee  N    Configuration I   Optional               Slave Axis states   Synchronous driving          Slave Axis   Acm AxStopDec  Acm AxStopEmg       Stop Gantry Gear        Figure 6 6 Gear Gantry Operation Flow Chart    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 62    6 2 2 6 Tangential Following Flow Chart    Tangent Operation    Esse  Acm Reset l   Optional       ea    U  t    Configuration l   Optional           Slave Axis states   Synchronous driving    Slave Axis  Y  Acm AxStopDec  Acm_AxStopEmg v           Y  stop Tangent            Figure 6 7 Tangential Following Operation Flow Chart       63 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 2 3 Example Support List       VB    Lab                                                         
124. e Enables Disables the SD signal for source  axis    SD Logic Sets the active logic for SD signal    SD React Sets the reacting mode for SD signal    SD Latch Sets the latch control for SD signal    Simulate Simulate Start Sets the simulate start source for this axis        PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    34          SLMT    SLMT Mel Enable    Enables Disables the minus software limit for  source axis        SLMT Pel Enable    Enables Disables the plus software limit for  source axis        SLMTN React    Sets the reacting mode for minus software  limit        SLMTP React    Sets the reacting mode for plus software limit                                      SLMTN Value Sets the value for minus software limit   SLMTP Value Sets the value for plus software limit   Speed Pattern   Max Velocity Configures the max velocity for source axis    Max Acc Configures the max acceleration for source  axis    Max Dec Configures the max deceleration for source  axis    Max Jerk Configures the max jerk for source axis    Vel Low Sets the low velocity  start velocity  for  source axis  Unit  PPU S     Vel High Sets the high velocity  driving velocity  for  source axis  Unit PPU S     Acc Sets the acceleration for source axis  Unit   PPU S2     Dec Sets the deceleration for source axis  Unit   PPU S2    Jerk Sets the type of velocity profile  t curve or s     curve for source axis                          Vibration Vibration Enable Enables Disables suppress vibration of   mechanical system for s
125. e file edited and saved by Utility into device   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  DeviceHandle   HAND   IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   FilePath Pl8 IN Pointer to a string that saves CamTable file s  path   CamTablelD   U32 IN CamTablelD  O or 1   Range PU32 OUT The pulse number which master needed in one  period   PointsCount   PU32 OUT The points number in CamTable                    Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The CamTable file is saved in  bin format in utility  When it is loaded  successfully by this API  the API Acm DevDownLoadCACMTable need not    be called     About E cam operation  see about E Cam Flow Chart in Chapter 6 2 2   PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    104       6 3 2 12 Acm DevMDagConfig    Format     U32 Acm DevMDagConfig  HAND DeviceHandle   U16 ChannellD  U32 Period  U32 AxisNo  U32 Method     U32 ChanType  U32 Count     Purpose     Set MotionDAO related configurations     Parameters        Name    Type    In or Out    Description       DeviceHandle    HAND    Device handle form Acm DevOpen        ChannellD    U16    Specify a Channel ID  The range is 0   3        Period    U32    Set an interval time between each data  The range  is O   255 and unit is ms        AxisNo    U32    Specify an axis  The range is   0   3  PC11245   45E   0   5  PCI1265         Method    U32    Methods to trigger MDag      Disable      Software trigger      DI trigger      Axis 0 starts to trigger      Axis
126. e range is 0   3        Period PU32   OUT Get interval time between each data  The range is  0   255 and the unit is ms        AxisNo PU32   OUT Get related informationof an axis  The range is 0    3  PCl 1245 1245E   0   5  PCI 1265         Method PU32   OUT Methods to trigger MDag   0  Disable      Software trigger      DI trigger      Axis O starts to trigger      Axis 1 starts to trigger      Axis 2 starts to trigger      Axis 3 starts to trigger      Axis 4 starts to trigger      Axis 5 starts to trigger      Axis 6 starts to trigger   10  Axis 7 starts to trigger   11  Axis 8 starts to trigger   12  Axis 9 starts to trigger   13  Axis 10 starts to trigger   14  Axis 11 starts to trigger     O 0 4 O O  FS ON           ChanType PU32   OUT Get Channel Type    0  Command Position    1  Actual Position    2  Lag Position  Difference value between Com   mand Position and Actual Position     3  Command Velocity                    Count PU32   OUT Get the max count  The range is 0   2000           Return Value   Error Code   Comments   PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 106    6 3 2 14 Acm DevMDagStart                            Format   U32 Acm DevMDagStart HAND DeviceHandle   Purpose   Enable MotionDAQ function to record related data   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device Handle   Comments     When Method in Acm DevMDagConfig is set to MO TRIG SW   command can be sent through this API to trigger MotionDAQ
127. ear   the current curve in graphic box will be cleared     5 4 4 6 5 Save    Click  Save   the specified path curve will be save as  png   gif   jpg   tif or bmp for   mat     43 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 4 4 7 Speed Chart     Fl Group Speed View  Velocity VS Time Setting    Velocity Group Max   10000    Time Group Length  20   Sec    Spd Curve Color     Blu v                 H Zoom V Zoom                   2  E  3     a  5  2  o       Start     Clear     Save J             The setup and operation are similar to  Speed Chart  in  Single Axis Motion      5 4 5 Path Status  To display the path status     Path Status    CurIndex   0 CurCmd   0 Path Count  0    Remain  a FreeCnt  10000    Curlndex  The serial number of path currently running   CurCmd  The command code of path currently running   Remain  Unexecuted path number   FreeCnt  The remain space of Path Buffer   Path Count  The total path number in loaded Path file     5 4 6 Position    Fosition       Reset Counter    Display the current command and feedback position for all axes of device   Click  Reset Counter  to reset to 0     5 4 7 State  amp  Status    Group State  Show the current Group s State  For detail  refer to the description about  State in Acm GpGetState function which is listed in Common API of Programming  guide     Last Error Status  display the latest error message   Axis Name  The axis which has error    Error Code  The error code    Error Message  The specific error message     PCl 1285 1285E Us
128. ecified through CFG AxMaxAcc CFG AxMaxDec by the  slave axis must exceed Acc Dec by 100 000 at least     6 3 4 14 Gantry Tangent    6 3 4 14 1 Acm AxTangentlnGp    Format     U32 Acm AxTangentlnGp  HAND AxisHandle  HAND MasGroupHandle   PI16 StartVectorArray  U8 Working plane  116 Direction                       Purpose   Command axis to move at same direction with tangent of group path    Parameters    Name Type In or Out Description   AxHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen    MasGroupHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis    StartVectorArray Pl16 IN Must be 3 dimension    Working plane U8 IN O XY   1 YZ   2 XZ   Direction 116 IN Same 0  Opposite 1                   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The axis will be synchronous state and will follow group motion at the  direction of tangent of group   s path if this function is called successfully  The  axis and group can not be reset command actual position  Using   Acm AxStopDec Acm AxStopEmg will terminate synchronous state of the  axis  and it will return SteadBy state     The axis can not be one axis in group     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    146          StartVectorArray is the initial vector which is starting direction of axis   For example  StartVectorArray 3     0  10  0   working plane   0  XY plane     A       S tart vector  3     0  10  0        Note  The start vector should be as close as possible with group s motion starting  direction  or else there may be the error of motion accelerator g
129. ect  View Code  to enter the program source  code compilation interface  as follows         amp  Lock Controls    P   Properties    d  Add    Imports Advantech Motion    under original referred namespaces  as follows     imports Advantech  Moti oni    26Public Class Forml       3  4    End Class  S    3  Coding   a  UI design   Double click  Form1 vb  or right click to select  View Designer  on  Form1 vb   then  the UI edit interface will appear  as follows     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 88     od Solution Test Advantech Motion VB      1  S  el Test Advantech Motion  VB     My Project   Y Open  Open With           E  View Code      y View Class Diagram       Exclude From Project    You can drag any Control Component you need from the left Toolbox to edit user  interface  as follows     Paste  Foral  vb Desi cale Stort Pace Will    All Windows Foras N   R Pointer ad Forai 2  olx     K BackgroundWorker  qa BindingNavigator  ty BindingSource           CheckBox J   z z      s  CheckedListBox  5  ColorDialog   E8 ComboBox   E  ContextMenuStrip   A DataGridView    39  DataSet   Ni DateTimePicker  E  DirectoryEntry  E1 DirectorySearcher       For details  refer to the Microsoft Visual Basic user manual     b  Coding    Right click on Form1 vb to select  View Code   then you enter the coding interface   you can code in relevant method event of control Component  For detail  refer to  VB NET Examples of PCI 1285 1285E DSP Based SoftMotion PCI Controller     4  _ Test program    After 
130. ee about Acm GpMoveHelixAbs 3P     PCI 1285E does not support this API   6 3 5 4 14 Acm GpMoveCircularRel Angle    Format     U32 Acm GpMoveCircularRel Angle  HAND GroupHandle  PF64  CenterArray  U16 Degree  PU32 ArrayElements l16 Direction     Purpose     Complete circular interpolation through relative center coordinates  and  angle  amp  direction of rotaion     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    162       Parameters                                         Name Type In or Out Description  GroupHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Relative distance between center point  and start point   Degree U16 IN Angle of rotation   Range  0 360   pArrayElements PU32 IN Axis count   Direction 116 IN Direction   0  CW Dir  1  COW Dir  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     Start Point    R CW Dir    W    Relative Center  Point       PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 5 4 15 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs Angle  Format     U32 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs Angle  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 Center  Array  U16 Degree  PU32 ArrayElements l16 Direction     Purpose     Complete circular interpolation through absolute center coordinates  and  angle  amp  direction of rotaion                       Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Center coordinates   Degree U16 IN Angle of rotation   Range  0 360   ArrayElements PU32 IN Axis count   Direction 116 IN Direction   0  CW Dir  1  CCW_Dir             
131. emAllocateFailed  0x80000005 InvalidHandle  0x80000006 CreateFileFailed  0x80000007 OpenEventFailed  0x80000008 EventTimeOut  0x80000009 InvalidlnputParam  0x8000000a PropertylDNotSupport  0x8000000b PropertylDReadOnly  0x8000000c ConnectWinlrgFailed  0x8000000d InvalidAxCfgVel  0x8000000e InvalidAxCfgAcc  0x8000000f InvalidAxCfgDec  0x80000010 InvalidAxCfgJerk  0x80000011 InvalidAxParVelLow  0x80000012 InvalidAxParVelHigh  0x80000013 InvalidAxParAcc  0x80000014 InvalidAxParDec  0x80000015 InvalidAxParJerk  0x80000016 InvalidAxPulselnMode  0x80000017 InvalidAxPulseOutMode  0x80000018 InvalidAxAlarmEn  0x80000019 InvalidAxAlarmLogic  0x8000001a InvalidAxInPEn  0x8000001b InvalidAxInPLogic  0x8000001c InvalidAxHLmtEn  0x8000001d InvalidAxHLmtLogic  0x8000001e InvalidAxHLmtReact          227 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                                                                                                                                                    0x8000001f InvalidAxSLmtPEn  0x80000020 InvalidAxSLmtPReact  0x80000021 InvalidAxSLmtPValue  0x80000022 InvalidAxSLmtMEn  0x80000023 InvalidAxSLmtMReact  0x80000024 InvalidAxSLmtMValue  0x80000025 InvalidAxOrgLogic  0x80000026 InvalidAxOrgEnable  0x80000027 InvalidAxEzLogic  0x80000028 InvalidAxEzEnable  0x80000029 InvalidAxEzCount  0x8000002a InvalidAxState  0x8000002b InvalidAxInEnable  0x8000002c InvalidAxSvOnOff  0x8000002d InvalidAxDistance  0x8000002e InvalidAxPosition  0x8000002f InvalidAxHomeModeKw  0x80000030 In
132. emaining pulse is not enough  when the velocity of each phase is being changed  then the new velocity will be auto   matically calculated   For example  path1  VL   1000  VH   5000   path 2  VL   1000  VH   8000   path 3  VL   1000  VH   10000  During Path1  if ChangeV is run and New Velocity   10000  then velocity of the sec   ond path should be 16000  and velocity of the third path should be 20000  However   the real status is as below     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 158       Speed curve after changing  Original speed curve velocity    Velocity VS Time Velocity VS Time             Change Velocity    m BlendingMode  Blending Enable  BlendingTime  gt 0   In this mode  each path in Path Buffer doesn t have a complete process of accelera   tion deceleration  Its velocity path is decided by BlendingTime and the FL of each  phase  For details  please refer to Acm GpAddPath  If the ChangeV function is run in  motion status  then the velocity of path of the current phase will accelerate decelerate  to new velocity  and thus the velocity of each phase will increase decrease propor   tionally  If the remaining pulse is not enough when the velocity of each phase is being  changed  then the new velocity will be automatically calculated     For example  path1  VL   1000  VH   5000  path 2  VL   1000  VH   8000  path 3  VL   1000  VH   10000    During Path1  if ChangeV is run and New Velocity   10000  then velocity of the sec   ond path should be 16000  and velocity of the third path sho
133. er Manual 44    Single Axis Motion   Wulti Axis Motion Synchronized Notion    5 5 Synchronized Motion    G Code  Slave Miz Operation Raster Wris Operation    Slave Axis  PCI 1205E ONE  DEKS v Master Aris       Synchronized Mode Notion Parans Set                Gear   22xAW z  itor      gt 2L0ad CanTadle File Distance rm    CM Motion Configuration VelLon 2000 PPUSS         CAMTable ID  0 v  Canning Type   Bon periodic iw VelKigh  8000 PPUSS N  Nester Movement Node Slave Novenent ode AG 100 ppuis 2 ra  O Mbzelate    Relative    Absoluta    Relative 2  Dec  1000 Preuss    NasterD amp fset   0 Slaveffset Spasd Pattara   Path neu   MaxterSealingl  SlaveSealing   1 G Trapezi O S curv  Referance Source  Davsload CANTabLe   Motion Mode     Command Pos    Fasdback Pos v Se Dror  gt  Continue    Set Parameters     Vian Sat Range Rozat Counter       Waster Avis Slave Axis  Cora and a o    Feedback 0 0  Current Axis Status  Master State  Body    Slave State  Beady    5 5 1 Slave Axis Operation    5 5 1 1 Slave Axis    Select any one of Device s axes to be slave axis     Note  Master axis and slave axis cannot be the same one  The default      slave axis is 0 axis of the selected device     5 5 1 2 Synchronized Mode    Select the synchronized mode  CAM  Gear and Gantry  You must select synchro   nized mode first before the configuration and establishment of synchronized motion     5 5 1 3 CAM Motion  Select CAM as Synchronized Mode  then  you can execute the CAM setup and oper   ation    
134. escription  GpHandle HAND      IN Group handle from Acm GpAddaxis   AxHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     After Acm GpRemAxis is called and no axis is in group  the GpHandle can  still be used  You can use this group handle to add other axes  But if you  have called Acm GpClose to close this group handle  the group handle  can t be used again   6 3 5 1 3 Acm GpClose   Format   U32 Acm GpClose  PHAND pGroupHandle    Purpose   Remove all axis in the group and close the group handle    Parameters        Name Type In or Out Description       GpHandle PHAND IN Point to group handle to be closed                      Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the group number is greater than maximal group number of device  new  group can not be created  At the time  you must close one existing group if  you want to create new group     6 3 5 1 4 Acm GpResetError  Format   U32 Acm GpResetError  HAND GroupHandle   Purpose   Reset group states     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 150    6 3 5 2    Parameters                          Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If the group is in STA GP ERROR STOP state  the state will be changed to  STA_GP_READY after calling this function     Motion Status    6 3 5 2 1 Acm GpGetState                Format   U32 Acm GpGetState  HAND GroupHandle  PU16 pState   Purpose   Get the group s current state   Parameters
135. ess because all of speed parameters used in path motion are of  group speed setting  all of path have the same driving speed     The speed curve        167 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    The motion path     Path3    BlengdingTime   0    Path        6 3 5 5 2 Acm GpResetPath  Format   U32 Acm GpResetPath  PHAND GroupHandle   Purpose     Clear system path buffer  If there is group executing path  the path motion  will be stopped                             Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle PHAND IN Pointer to group handle from  Acm GpAddAxis   Return Value   Error Code     Comments     6 3 5 5 3 Acm GpLoadPath    Format     U32 Acm_GpLoadPath HAND GroupHandle  PI8 FilePath  PHAND  PathHandle  PU32 pTotalCount                                      Purpose   Load path data from path file  It can load up to 600 path data one time   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   FilePath PI8 IN Point to a file path name of the motion path  data to be loaded   PathHandle PHAND OUT Return the pointer to path handle  pTotalCount PU32 OUT Return actual total count of path data in the  path file  Return Value   Error Code     Comments   The path data file  binary  is usually generated by Motion Utility s  Path  Editor   If you are familiar with Advantech motion product  you can create  file by yourself  The PathHandle must be unloaded by Acm GpUnloadPath  when the PathHandle does not be used any more or application is 
136. etting of group  is used  PCI 1285E does not support this mode         Speed curve using speed  forward function  Original Speed curve    speed          Path3 Paths  Path lt  Pathi    ANN    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 224    6 4 4 2 Parameter  6 4 4 2 1 Speed Pattern    6 4 4 2 1 1 PAR GpVelLow   Data Type   F64   R W   RW   PropertylD   701   Meaning   Set low velocity  start velocity  of this group  Unit  PPU s   This property  value must be smaller than or egual to Par GpVelHigh   The default value is  the first added axis  PAR AxVelLow    6 4 4 2 1 2 PAR GpVelHigh   Data Type   F64   R W   RW   PropertylD   702   Meaning   Set high velocity  driving velocity  of this group  Unit  PPU s   This property    value must be smaller than first added axis  CFG AxMaxVel and greater  than Par GpVelLow  The default value is the first added axis     PAR AxVelHigh   6 4 4 2 1 3 PAR GpAcc  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   703  Meaning   Set acceleration of this group  Unit  PPU s2   This property value must be  smaller than or egual to first added axis  CFG AxMaxAcc  The default value  is the first added axis  PAR AxAcc   6 4 4 2 1 4 PAR GpDec  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   704    225 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Set deceleration of this group  Unit  PPU s2   This property value must be  smaller than or egual to first added axis  CFG AxMaxDec  The default  value is the first added axis  PAR AxDec    6 4 4 2 1 5 PAR GpJerk   Data Type   F64   R W   RW   Prope
137. evice Tree is visible  the corresponding menu item will be checked     5 2 1 4 Help    About  Check up to date on the web    The  About  menu item supports the copyright notice of the driver and utility for  device  Click  Check up to date on the web   you can link to company s website to  check whether the firmware  driver and utility are the latest ones by comparing ver   sion information of Install interface     5 2 2 Toolbar    Eu   E  i rw    gt  i i  Install Refresh Save Load DownLoad Motion DAQ Hide Tree    5 2 2 1 Install    Click  Install   a new window will pop up as below  which shows the version informa   tion of driver  hardware  firmware and utility     ES Device Install Information    Name i Description   ADVMOT  dll   Common Motion Library  Advantech Motion  dll a lb Motion DOTNET Component Library  Common Motion Utility  exe Pa a J Common Motion Utility Application  PCI1285s  sys iB ee Kernel Mode Driver   PCI1285  dll cy  i User Mode Driver   DSP Firmware ap M O  DSP Firmware   FPGA Firmware 70 026  FPGA Firmware of hardware       Click  Copy   the first two raw information will be copied  You can paste the informa   tion to editor  such as word or text editor     First column is name  the second column is version number and the third column is  description  ADVMOT dll is the common interface for development  Advan     23 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 2 2 2    5 2 2 3    5 2 2 4    5 2 2 5    tech Motion dll is the  NET motion control library  Common Motio
138. firmware  FPGA firmware is for footprint   U2 and U7 respectively  U2 and U7 are printed in PCB   Both download and upgrade  procedure are the same  but you shall be aware that the PC is necessary to reboot  after FPGA firmware upgraded  Then  the new FPGA firmware will be truly updated   The top of this dialog shows the current device type  name and firmware version   Click  Open File  to select lastest firmware file you have acguired  Clicking  Start  Download  will activate the downloading procedure to hardware and progress bar will  show the task process     Note  1  After clicking  Start Download   the dialog cannot be terminated  N when downloading the firmware to hardware      2  While downloading  due to power outages or other problems  if  download process is not complete  the hardware needs to be  sent back to Advantech for firmware update     Motion DAQ   The tool is mainly to show Motion Data Acquisition function  In PCI 1245 1265  four  channels are provided for motion data acquisition  Each of them can acquire Com   mand Actual Lag  the difference between Command and Actual  motion data of any    axis  with the max  data count of 2000   Note  So far  only PCI 1245  PCI 1245V  PCI 1245E and PCI 1265 support      this function and the tool button is available  PCI 1285 1285E don t      support this function     After you click the button  you ll see the interface as below     Display       Chwedl O NY lor  Chwedl M Geen  Chwed 2  I Fed  Chussl M Bleck             
139. h group  n is just 1    GpEvtStatus is 32 bits data type array and  currently the values of n can only be 1     Bite Data  31  n0 1  0     GpEnable   EVT GPn   EVT_GP1_   EVT_GP0_  EvtArray    MOTION_   MOTION   MOTION_  0  DONE DONE DONE    GpEnable   _   Description EVT_GPn_   EVT_GP1_   EVT_GPO_    Ehys VH START   VH START   VH START  1  a W y  k    Bit n   1  Group Motion Done event occurred   Bit n   0  Event not occurred or disabled   Note  EVT GPn MOTION DONE    EVT GPn VH START EVT GPn VH END   n is GrouplD  It can be get form    PAR GpGrouplD property                 EVT GPn   EVT GP1   EVT_GP0_  VH_END   VH_END   VH END                            AxArrayElements    U32    Number of AxEvtStatusArray elements        GpArrayElements    U32    Number of GpEvtStatusArray elements  It  should be 1        Millisecond          U32          Specify the time out value in millisecond for  each checking          Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If you want to get event status of axis or groups  you should enable these  events by calling Acm EnableMotionEvent     User should create a new thread to check event status     99 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 3 2 8 Acm EnableMotionEvent    Format     U32 Acm EnableMotionEvent  HAND DeviceHandle  PU32 AxEnableEvtAr  ray  PU32 GpEnableEvtArray  U32 AxArrayElements  U32                                                                               GpArrayElements   Purpose   Enable motion event   Parameters   Name Type In or Out 
140. h to VelLow with Dec  at the end              31 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 3 4 2 External Drive    Click  External Dirve   a new form will appear as below  you can select an external  drive mode  JOG MPG  to operate external drive     ES External Drive    Drive Mode    Oi O MPG hand wheel        Set Ext Drive Close       Select JOG or MPG and click  Set Ext Drive   the external drive mode will be set and  you can operate external drive then  Click  Close   the form will be closed and the  external drive is set to    Disable         Note  For PCI 1285 1285E  only axis 0 is available for external drive as  E J master axis     5 3 4 3 Axis Setup  Click the button to check set the axis s attributes and I O as follows           aJ Axis Property Configuration  X      Alarm Name Configuration Value   Copy To Axes     lt   Aux Gen Output  gt  Aea Ed ALM_DIS   J Backlash       i Axis       Basic Info Alarm Logic ALM ACT LOW   2 Axis      ERC Alarm React ALM DEC T0 STOP mis   J External Drive   4 Axis wv  i  HLNT d Select All   J Home   J Pulse In  J Pulse Out   J SLMT   Emg Logic     EMG ACT LOW  v   Enables Disables motion Alarm function for source axis       Alarm is a signal generated by motor drive when motor Note It configure   drive is in alarm status  the active logic   for emergency stor  signal of this  motion device        The left tree view shows the classification of axis s properties  when you click the cor   responding item  the right side  Data View  will list the
141. he coordinates of  the master axis    SlaveOffset F64 IN Shifting the cam along the coordinates of  the slave axis    MasterScaling F64 IN Scaling factor for the cam in the coordi   nates of the master axis  The overall  master profile is multiplied by this fac   tor  This should be Larger than zero    SlaveScaling F64 IN Scaling factor for the cam in the coordi     nates of the slave axis  The overall slave  profile is multiplied by this factor  This  should be Larger than zero        CamTablelD U32 IN Identifier of CAM table  It is assigned by  Acm DevDownloadCAMTable  The PCI   1245 and PCI 1265 reserves 2 cam  tables  So the ID can be O  1        RefSrc U32 IN Cam table s master position reference to  command position  0  or actual position   1     0  Command position    1  Actual position                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If this command is set successfully  salve axis will move according to cam  curve fitted by CamTable when master axis is moving continuously or point  to point    Can not set command acutual position for salve aixs and master axis by  Acm AxSetCmdPosition or Acm AxSetAcutalPosition     To terminate follow relationship of slave axis  user can call Acm AxStopDec   Acm AxStopEmg  and the slave axis will be readby status     143 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    The pulse number of master axis rotated 360 degree should be set by prop  erty CFG AxModuleRange The edited CamTable needs to set by   Acm DevDownloadCAMTable  and related E
142. he detail information of PropertylD  see about Property List     6 3 2 6 Acm GetLastError                         Format   U32 Acm GetLastError  HAND ObjectHandle   Purpose   Get device or axis or group s last error code   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  DeviceHandle   HAND  IN Object handle  This handle may be device han   dle from Acm DevOpen  or axis handle from  Acm AxOpen  or group handle from  Acm_GpAddAxis  Return Value   Error Code     Comments     To get detail information of error code by Acm_GetErrorMessage     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    98       6 3 2 7 Acm CheckMotionEvent    Format     U32 Acm CheckMotionEvent  HAND DeviceHandle  PU32  AxEvtStatusArray  PU32 GpEvtStatusArray  U32 AxArrayElements  U32  GpArrayElements  U32 Millisecond     Purpose     Check axis and groups enabled motion event status     Parameters        Name    Type    In or Out    Description       DeviceHandle    HAND    IN    Device handle from Acm DevOpen        AxEvtStatusArray    PU32    IN    Array n   Returned interrupt event status of  each axis  n is the axis count of motion device   Each array element is 32 bits data type  each  bit represents different event VPS   Bit 316 fe 4 m    EVT AX  EVI AX  levt AX  LATCHED  VH END  VH START ERROR  joo  1285           EVT    E  Description  Reserved      Bit n   1  Te Motion Done event ad  Bit n   0  Event not occurred or disabled        GpEvtStatusArray    PU32    IN OUT    Array n   Returned Interrupt event status for  eac
143. he edit box     5 3 2 5 2 Start    Click  Start   the graphic box will be ready to draw the curve  if the axis is in motion   you can see the trajectory  After clicked  the text on  Start  button will change into   Stop   click  Stop   drawing the curve will stop and the text will back to  Start      5 3 2 5 3 Clear  Click  Clear   the current curve in graphic box will be cleared     5 3 2 5 4 Save    Click  Save   the specified path curve will be saved as  png   gif  jpg   tif or  omp for   mat     SVON    Click  SVON   the servos of axes will be turned on and the text on it will change into   SVOFF   click  SVOFF   the servos of axes will be turned off and the text on it will be  back to  SVON      Configuration    It includes Home Mode configuration  External Drive mode  the property configura   tion and I O status of the axis     Home Mode   Before performing home movement  you need to select the mode first  Board offers  16 modes  which are any one or combination of the ORG  back to the origin   Lmt   back to the limit point  and EZ  to find Z phase     For detailed information  refer to the description about Home Mode in Common API  of Programming guide    Click  Home Mode   a new form appears as below     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 30    HE Home Node Setup       Home Mode    iB       EU Hub EL i      STATUS1 oe al LOFF     amp  a  gt e      Ei Bi      STATUS2 OFF Jon OFF  On  OFF         MODE2_Lmt  Move Mir   gt touch EL  gt Stop    Description  Only according to limit
144. he following parameters need to be configured     1  Tangent Follow Axis  Select tangent follow axis  As the axis can not be axes  added in Group  so the axis listed in the combobox does not includes axes  added in Group    2  Start Vector  the start vector of tangent follow motion  In Utility  the default refer   ence plane is X Y  you only need to set X vector and Y vector  Z axis is not nec   essary to edit    3  _ Direction  The direction of tangent follow axis in motion  which can be the same  as or opposite to the direction of Group s motion    4  ModuleRange  The module range of tangent follow axis  that is  the pulse num   ber of tangent follow axis s one revolution  360 degrees    There are related diagram and description below the configuration There   Click  OK  Tangent In    the tangent follow axis will establish tangent follow synchroni    zation with the Group     After that  if the Group do interpolation motion  the following axis will move along the  tangent direction of the interpolation motion lf the tangent follow axis has established  tangent follow synchronization with the Group  click  Tangent In  again  the value of  parameters in the form will be the configured value  and you can click  Tangent Stop   to dissolve the synchronization relationship  Click  Cancel   nothing will do but close  the form  Tangent follow movement is not supported by PCI 1285E     5 4 4 5 2 Tangent Stop    Click  Tangent Stop  to dissolve the synchronization relationship betwee
145. heckedLi stBox  3  ColorDi log     ComboBox   Mi ContextMenuStrip   Al DataGridView   a  DataSet   T   DateTimePicker  5  DirectoryEntry  il DirectorySearcher       For detail  refer to Microsoft Visual C   user manual   b  Coding    Right click on Form1 cs to select  View Code   then you enter the coding interface   you can code in relevant method event of control Component  For detail  refer to C   Examples of PCI 1285 1285E Series DSP Based SoftMotion PCI Controller     85 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    4  _ Test program    After the programming or if you want to compile the program  you can click  Build        gt   Build Solution MBuild Test Advantech Motion  in the menu bar  as follows        Build   Debug Data o Tools Window Commur  E    Build Solution F6  Rebuild Solution  Clean Solution   5  Build Test Advantech Motion ShifttF6  Rebuild Test Advantech Motion  Clean Test Advantech Motion  Publish Test Advantech Motion  Batch Build       Configuration Manager       You can directly click p in the toolbar  the program will run if there is no error   If you want to debug the program  you can set breakpoint at corresponding line of    code by clicking or pressing  F9   as follows     Ja namespace Test_Advantech Motion  10       11  public partial class Forml   Form  12    13 n public Form  O  14i       15 fini tializeComponent     16      1Tif    18 4     Click  Debug      gt   Start Debugging  to debug  when run to the breakpoint  you can    press  F11  or  F10  to step in
146. his is a mode of searching transformation of limit signal from no signal to signal  occurring   For Example   Dir  Positive  Limit logic  Active High    LmtSearch    EL  EL        STATUS1 OFFJOn  OFF OFF  On   OFF    m    EL  EL       STATUS2 off on OFF or  On OFF  b  c     STATUS1  If the Limit signal is occurred firstly while the object is moving  the  home process is end    STATUS2  If the object is in the field of limit signal  The Object moves in oppo   site direction until the signal disappears  and then converts direction to move  until limit signal occurring    MODE9 AbsSearch Ref  Search ORG   EZ  Move  Dir    gt Search ORG   gt Stop    gt Move  Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  object moves in the way of MODE7 AbsSearch  and then moves in  same direction until EZ signal occurring    For example    Dir  Positive  Limit logic  Active High  ORG logic  Active High     AbsSearch   EZ    2 EL ORG EZ El     STATUS1 On OFF On OFF On OFF On   OFF      a N  2 EL ORG  EZ El      OFF lo  STATUS  Off  On   OFF On   OFF On   OFF n   OFF  h    2 EL ORG EZ ELK 4  ors  On   OFF On   OFF On orF OFF  On OFF    STATUS3  a    b a    131 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    m STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal and ORG signal  when  home command is written  firstly  the object will move until ORG signal occur   ring  then continue to move until EZ signal occurring    m STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  the home command is writ   ten  Firstly  the o
147. ignal input    14  SVON      Servo ON  OUT6     15  ALRM     Alarm Reset output status   16 SLMT       Software Limit     17  SLMT       Software Limit     18  CMP     Compare signal OUT5     19  CAMDO      position window do OUT4         Return Value     Error Code     Comments     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    114          6 3 4 3 Motion Status    6 3 4 3 1 Acm AxGetMotionStatus                            Format   U32 Acm AxGetMotionStatus  HAND AxisHandle  PU32 Status   Purpose   Get current motions status of the axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle   HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm_AxOpen   Status PU32   OUT Bit Description  0  Stop      Stop   1  Res1      Reserved   2  WaitERC     Wait ERC finished   3  Res2      Reserved   4  CorrectBksh      Correcting Backlash   5  Ress      Reserved   6  InFA      Feeding in return velocity   FA   7  InFL      Feeding in StrVel speed  FL   8  InACC      Accelerating   9  InFH      Feeding in MaxVel speed   FH   10  InDEC      Decelerating   11 WaitINP    Wait in position   Return Value   Error Code     Comments     115 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 3 4 3 2 Acm AxGetState                            Format   U32 Acm AxGetState  HAND AxisHandle  PU16 State   Purpose   Get the axis s current state   Parameters   Name Type   In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   State PU16  IN Axis states   Value Description  0  STA AxDisable       Axis is disabled  you can open it to
148. igure  Bit 7 to 0 from right to left are digital inputs respectively     Wherein     indicates that the DI is in effect  ON  and the value of the bit is 1    indi   cates that the DI is not in effect  OFF  and the value of the bit is 0  Hex indicates the  hexadecimal value of the byte composed by 8 Dis     This function is not supported by PCI 1285 1285E     Digital Output   Mainly shows the status of device s digital output port  and the corresponding ON   OFF operation on DO    In PCI 1265  there are 8 DOs    This function is not supported by PCI 1285 1285E        lea Single Acis Motion    gaf Mubti Acis Motion    ge Synchronized Motion   EV Digital nos   EF Dicit oeut  KA Analog Input  l 0000 000900   O   O   As the above figure  Bit 7 to O from right to left are digital outputs  Wherein     indi   cates that the DO is connected  ON  and the value of the bit is 1     indicates that the  DO is not connected  OFF  and the value of the bit is 0  Hex indicates the hexadeci   mal value of the byte composed by 8 DOs     Analog Input    Shows the status of device s analog input channels    In the PCI 1265  there are two Al channels            gt  Es          Single Axis Motion  GF Multi Axis Motion  QS Synchronized Motion FA Digital Input   digital Output   EA Analog Input  ChannelMo Input Range Analog Input Value a    Channel Mode single ended channel v  i ee ee     lt   gt     0  10 10V v    As the above  the parameters are as follows     Channel No  Al index  PCI 1265 has two 
149. iled  0x80005214 Dsp_InvalidPathCnt  0x80005215 Dsp InvalidPathHandle  0x80005216 Dsp InvalidPath   0x80005217 Dsp GpSlavePositionOverMaster  0x80005219 Dsp GpPathBufferOverflow  0x8000521a Dsp InvalidPathFunctionlD  0x8000521b Dsp SysBufAllocateFailed  0x8000521c Dsp InvalidGpCenterPosition  0x8000521d Dsp InvalidGpEndPosition  0x8000521e Dsp_InvalidGpCmd  0x8000521f Dsp_AxHasBeenInInGp  0x80005220 Dsp_InvalidPathRange       233    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 234    Software Function  Comparison Table       A 1 Software Function Comparison Table                                                                                                                                  Item Description PCI 1285   PCI 1285E  Single axis motion Jog move N V  MPG move N N  T amp S curve speed profile N y  Prog  acc  and dec  y N  Point to point motion N N  Position   Speed Override N y  Velocity motion y N  Backlash compensation N N  Superimposed move y  Multi axes up to 4 groups 4 groups 4 groups  Motion  Group  motion Line  up to 8 axes 3 axes 2 axes  Functions 2 axes Circular N N  Speed Override y  Helical V  Home 16 modes V N  Path table motion 3 Tables  size  10K points N N  Start   End motion list N  line trajectory  up to 8 axes N N  Add arc trajectory  2 axes y  Add Dwell V V  Start Sop Repeat y N  Auto Blending y  Gantry  Application   Velocity look ahead Velocity look ahead  Refer to N  Function function call  acm gpmovepath   Tangential Following y 
150. in the range specified by MotionDAQ that has been  recorded by corresponding channel                                         Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device Handle   ChannellD U16 IN Channel ID  The range is 0   3   Startlndex U16 IN Set start posiiton to get data   MaxCount U16 IN Set data count   DataBuffer PI32 OUT Return data in the specified range   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 108    6 3 3 DAQ    6 3 3 1 Digital Input  Output  6 3 3 1 1 Acm DagDiGetByte                                  Format   U32 Acm_DagDiGetByte  HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DiPort  PU8 ByteData   Purpose   Get the data of specified DI port in one byte   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DiPort U16 IN It should be 0   ByteData PU8 OUT Pointer of returned byte data   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DI   6 3 3 1 2 Acm DagDiGetBit                            Format   U32 Acm DagDiGetBit  HAND DeviceHandle  U16 DiChannel  PU8  BitData   Purpose   Get the bit data of specified DI channel   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle from Acm DevOpen   DiChannel U16 IN DI channel   BitData PU8 OUT Returned bit data  O or 1   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E do not support DI     109 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual       6 3 3 1 3 Acm DagDoSetByte              
151. indow Output    15 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    3 14    3 15    3 16    3 17    3 18    Activate Servo ON  SVON     This SVON is to generate a digital output to activate the servo drive to be ready for  move status     Servo Error Counter Clear  ERC     The deviation counter clear is generated by servo drive and the board can receive it  as a general purpose input  The counter will be cleared by some instances  homing   emergency stop case  servo alarm and over travelling limit activated     Position Compare Output  CMP     This is specially designed for the customers who can use the position compare out   put to synchronize with other 3rd party vision devices  For PCI 1285 1285E  the posi   tion compare output channel is determined by pin definition   CMP     JOG and MPG    The JOG and MPG mode could be supported by pin assignment   Xn IN3  amp  Xn IN4   n 0 2 4 6  These two pins could be switchable  Xn IN3 has three functions  general  purpose digital input  JOG  and MPG   Xn IN4 also has three functions  general  purpose digital input  JOG  and MPG   The circuit is as follow      3 3V    User Interface         VEX    Xn IN    Simultaneous Start and Stop within Multiple  Cards    Simultaneous start and stop within multiple cards is supported by connecting the  CN2 and CN3 on each card one by one  For the function call of simultaneous start  and stop  refer to chapter 6        PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 16    Common Motion API    This chapter introduces common  motion API a
152. ints created by  black points and assigned PointRange and PointSlope are called reference points   Cam curve is fitted by points in CamTable composed of MasterArray and SlaveArray   The horizontal axis is the pulse number when master axis moves at some angles   The vertical axis is the pulse number of slave axis when master moves at some  angels   Range must be set into master axis by property CFG_AxModuleRange     About cam operation  see about E Cam Flow Chart in Chapter 6 2 2     6 3 2 10 Acm DevConfigCAMTable                      Format   U32 Acm DevConfigCAMTable  HAND DeviceHandle  U32 CamTablelD   U32 Periodic  U32 MasterAbsolute  U32 SlaveAbsolute   Purpose   This function sets the relevant parameters of the cam table   Parameters   Name Type In Out Description  DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle  This handle is device handle  from Acm DevOpen   CamTablelD U32 IN Identifier of Cam table  Itis assigned by  Acm DevDownloadCAMTable  Device reserves  2 cam tables  So the ID can be O  1   Periodic U32 IN CAM curve is executed periodic or non periodic   0  non periodic   1  periodic  MasterAbsolute  U32 IN Interpret cam curve relative  0  or absolute  1  to  the master axis   O  relative   1 absolute  SlaveAbsolute U32 IN Interpret cam curve relative  0  or absolute  1  to  the slave axis   O  relative   1 absolute                   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     Camming is done with one table  two dimensional   describing master and  slave positions together   
153. inues to move uniformly at Vell ow until  ORG singal occurs  At last  axis moves in opposite direction again until EZ sig   nal occurs    For example    Dir  Positive    Limit Logic  Active High    ORG Logic  Active High     AbsSearchReFind   NegEZ    EL  EZ ORG EL       STATUS1 OFF a OFF On OFF fon OFF On   OFF       EL EZ ORG EL       OFF On OFF On   OFF OFF On   OFF  status  FH On    EL  EZ ORG EL       OFF On   OFF fon OFF OFF On   OFF  sTaTus3  OEF On          AbsSearch process has three situations  For detailed information   see about descriptions in MODE7 AbsSearch     16  MODE16 LmtSearchRefind Ref  Search EL  Refind EL EZ  Move  Dir      gt Search EL   gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt Leave EL FL    gt Stop  gt  Move   Dir   gt Refind  EL FL   gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  axis moves in the way of MODE8_LmtSearch  and then moves uniformly  in opposite direction at VelLow until EL signal disappears  Then  axis reverses  the direction again and continues to move uniformly at VelLow until EL singal  occurs  At last  axis moves in opposite direction again until EZ signal occurs   For example    Dir  Positive    Limit Logic  Active High     135 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    LmtSearchReFind   NegEZ    EL   M EZ EL       STATUS1 OFF  On OFF On OFF  On Jorg       EL  EZ EL          OFF On   OFF On   OFF  status2  2EE On    LmtSearch process has three situations  For detailed information   see about descriptions in MODE8 LmtSearch     6 3 4 8 Positio
154. iption       0 Enable Disable stop function       1 Stop logic  high stop or low stop       2 Stop mode  decelerating sudden stop                Config  6 4 3 2 1 System    6 4 3 2 1 1 CFG AxPPU  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   551  Meaning   Pulse per unit  PPU   a virtual unit   This property value must be greater than 0     This property value s change will affect CFG AxMaxVel  CFG AxMaxAcc   CFG AxMaxDec  PAR AxVelHigh  PAR AxVelLow  PAR AxAcc     PAR AxDec  PAR GpVelHigh  PAR GpVelLow  PAR GpAcc   PAR GpDec PAR HomeCrossDistance     Comments   The default value is 1     197 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 2 1 2 CFG AxPhylD  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   552  Meaning   Get physical ID of the axis        Value   Meaning       0 axis       1 axis       2 axis       3 axis       4 axis       5 axis       6 axis       N   OD  oy BR  OINI    oO    7 axis                Comments   6 4 3 2 2 Speed Pattern    6 4 3 2 2 1 CFG AxMaxVel  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   553  Meaning   Configure the max velocity for the motion axis  Unit  PPU s    Comments     This property s max value  FT AxMaxVel  CFG AxPPU and min value    1  CFG AxPPU     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 4 000 000     6 4 3 2 2 2 CFG AxMaxAcc  Data Type   F64  R W   RW  PropertylD   554  Meaning   Configure the max acceleration for the motion axis  Unit  PPU S       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 198    Comments     This property s max value  FT AxMaxAcc   CFG AxPPU and min value   
155. is set into  master axis  The smallest Physical ID axis  and other axes in group start   stop as the same time as master axis  Mostly  direct interpolation is applied  to the axis assembled as obligue angle     At most  it just supports 3 axes linear interpolation in PCI 1285 and 2 axes    linear interpolation in PCI 1285E     6 3 5 4 2 Acm_GpMoveLinearAbs    Format     U32 Acm GpMoveLinearAbs  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 PositionArray     PU32 pArrayElements                 Purpose   Command group to execute absolute line interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   PositionArray PF64 IN Position array of axis in group  each value  of array elements represent the axis  absolute position   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array This count                must equal to the axis count in this group   or else it will be returned axis count in  group        Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The sequence of data in PositionArray must follow the order of X axis  Y  axis  Z axis  U axis  For example  if one group has two axes  Y axis and U  axis  The first data in PositionArray means Y axis  absolute position and  the second data means U axis  absolute position  The unit of distance in  PositionArray is PPU of each axis in group     The difference between line interpolation and direct interpolation  line  interpolation   s speed is divided into even line speed for every axis  axis  moves at this even
156. ited Path is not wrong  The Path will be run one by one  according to the serial number  You can observe movement curve and corresponding  state from  Path Status    Path Plot  and  Speed Chart      5 4 4 4 4 Move Sel Path  Do continuous interpolation movement with path s  selected from loaded Path file   After loading Path  click  Move Sel Path  to activate the dialog      m Path Config    Start Index  J  End Index  2    Times  1       1  Start Index  select the starting serial number of Path  2  Endlndex  select the end serial number of Path    3  Times  executable times  The value is O to 255  If you set 0  it means an infinite  loop until you click  Stop  to terminate the loop     5 4 4 4 5 Speed Forward    If the value is  Checked   the Group s speed forward function will be enabled  For  detail  refer to the description about CFG GpSFEnable in Group which is listed in  property list of Programming guide     5 4 4 4 6 Blending Time    For detail  refer to the description about CFG GpBldTime in Group which is listed in  property list of Programming guide     41 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 4 4 5 Tangent Follow Movement    5 4 4 5 1 Tangent In  Click  Tangent In   the follow dialog will be shown   l    Tangent In Config    Tangent Follow Axis   PCI 1245  MT  2 Axis v  Start Vector  252  0 co 10    Direction    G     2  Same      O Opposite ModuleRange  3600   Pulse    Axis State   Ready       Tangent Stop Cancel       S tart vector  3     0  10  0    gt        X       T
157. its Description       0 ERC Output when home finish       1 ERC Output when EMG ALM EL active       2 ERC Output when home finish or EMG ALM EL active       3 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 8 SD    6 4 3 1 8 1 FT AxSdMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   316  Meaning   Get the Slow Down  SD  features supported by this motion axis                 Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 Logic   2 React   3 31 Not defined                 Comments   In this PCI 1285 1285E  the value is 0     6 4 3 1 9 Hardware Limit    6 4 3 1 9 1 FT_AxEIMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   317    189 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Get the hardware end limit  EL  features supported by this motion axis                    Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 Logic   2 React   3 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 10 Software Limit    6 4 3 1 10 1 FT AxSwMelMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   318  Meaning   Get the software minus limit features supported by the motion axis                    Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 React   2 Value   3 31 Not defined           Comments     6 4 3 1 10 2 FT AxSwPelMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   319  Meaning   Get the software plus limit features supported by the motion axis                       Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 React   2 Value   3 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 11 Home    6 4 3 1 11 1 FT AxHomeMap  Data Type   U32    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 190    R W   R  Prope
158. l EZ signal occurring    m STATUS2  If the object is in the field of EL signal  the object will move in oppo   site direction until EZ signal occurring    m STATUS3 Ifthe object is in the field of EZ signal  the home command is written   the object begins to move  Firstly  the EZ signal disappears  and then EL signal  occurs  at the same time reverses motion direction  At last  motion stops when  EZ signal occurring     7  MODE7 AbsSearch  Move  Dir    gt Search ORG   gt Stop   This is a mode of searching transformation of ORG signal from no signal to sig   nal occurring   For Example   Dir  Positive  ORG logic  Active high  Limit logic  Active High     AbsSearch  EL  ORG EL      STATUS1 _OFF  On   OFF On OFF On   OFF  _ EL ORG ELi    OFF On   OFF On   OFF  statusz  OEH On  h       EL ORG EL     OFF  On   OFF On OFF On   OFF  STATUS3    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 130    STATUS1  If there is no ORG signal occurring  the object will stop when ORG  signal occurs   STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  The Object moves in oppo   site direction until the signal disappears  and then converts direction to move  until ORG signal occurring   STATUS3  If there is no ORG signal occurring  EL signal happens while moving  firstly  the object reverses direction and continues to move  and then the ORG  signal from happening to disappearing  Reverses direction again  and moves  until ORG signal occurring  Motion stops   MODE8 LmtSearch  Move  Dir    gt Search EL   gt Stop   T
159. l be  Disable    When the number of axis added to the Group is greater than or egual to 2  Group s  State will be  Ready   then after you configure appropriate parameters  you can do  appropriate interpolation operation     5 4 2 Motion Params Set    The parameter set includes Group VelLow  Group VelHigh  Group Acc  Group Dec  and Speed Pattern     5 4 3 Motion Ends    Configure motion s center   end as follows     Axes Line End PPU  Arc Center  PPV  Arc End  PPU     NEN 2000 8000 16000    l Axis 8000    2 Axis 8000    S Axis 8000       The dialog will automatically enable the edit box writable by referring to group axis  and interpolation mode  As in the Figure  1 axis and 2 axis are added to Group and  Line interpolation mode is selected  thus the edit boxes writable are  1 axis  and  2   axis  Lines of the  Line End  PPU   column  whose background color is white  The  edit boxes whose background color are gray indicate they are not editable     5 4 4 Motion Operation    5 4 4 1 SVON  Click  SVON   the servos of axes in Group will be turned on     5 4 4 2 SVOFF  Click  SVOFF   the servos of axes in Group will be turned off     5 4 4 3 Basic Interpolation Motion    Basic interpolation motion includes linear interpolation  Line   circular interpolation   Arc  and helical interpolation  Helix  as follows     Basic Interpolation Motion  Movement Mode Interpolation Mode    O Absolute     Relative  s  Line    Arc Direction    On Om    5 4 4 3 1 Movement Mode  Absolute  the interp
160. lD   580    205 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Set get the reacting mode of plus software limit        Value Description                   0 Motor immediately stops  1 Motor decelerates then stops  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 9 5 CFG_AxSwMelValue   Data Type    132  R W    RW  PropertylD    581  Meaning    Set get the value of minus software limit  The property value s range is     2 147 483 647    2 147 483 647   Comments     6 4 3 2 9 6 CFG AxSwPelValue   Data Type    132  R W    RW  PropertylD    582  Meaning    Set get the value of plus software limit  The property value s range is     2 147 483 647    2 147 483 647   Comments     6 4 3 2 10 Home    6 4 3 2 10 1 CFG_AxOrgLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   589  Meaning   Set get the active logic for ORG signal           Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 206    6 4 3 2 10 2 CFG AxEzLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   591  Meaning   Set get the active logic for EZ signal        Value Description                      0 Low active  1 High active  Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  the default value is 1     6 4 3 2 10 3 CFG AxHomeResetEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   602  Meaning   Enable or Disable logical counter reset function after finish Home     Value Description                0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments     6 4 3 2 
161. lableDevs devList  MAX CNT   amp devCnt    if  errcde  0      printf  Can not find available device   n     getchar     return O      printf  Get available devices successfully  in       Step2  Open device   devNum   devList 0  dwDeviceNum   errcde   Acm_DevOpen devNum   amp devHandle    if  errcde  0      printf  Open device is failed   n     getchar     return O          printf  Open device successfully  An         Step3  After open device successfully  user can get necessary property     buffLen sizeof axisCntPerDev      errcde   Acm GetProperty  devHandle FT DevAxesCount  axisCntPerDev   amp buf   fLen       if  errcde  SUCCESS          Acm_DevClose  amp devHandle    printf  Get property is failed   n     getchar     return 0      printf  Get property successfully   n       Step2  Open the axes   for  i 0  i lt axisCntPerDev  i       77 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    errcde   Acm AxOpen devHandle  i   amp axHandle i     if  errcde  0        printf  Open axis_0 is failed  in     getchar     return 0           printf  Open axes successfully   n       Stp3  Move relative Axis 0 Point to Point motion     errcde   Acm_AxMoveRel axHandle 0   10000    if  errcde  0        printf  move axis Ois failed  An     getchar     return O         printf  Command axis 0 to move point to point successfully  An        Step 4  At last  Close axis and device before application exit   for  i 0  i lt axisCntPerDev  i        errcde   Acm_AxClose  amp axHandle i     if  errcde  0      printf  Open 
162. le disable INI trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Enabled             1 Disabled          6 4 3 2 19 2 CFG AxIN1StopReact  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   636  Meaning   Set get INI trigger stop mode   Comments        Value Description       0 Sudden stop             1 Decelerating          6 4 3 2 19 3 CFG AxIN1StopLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   637    217 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Set get the active logic of IN1 trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Active low             1 Active high          6 4 3 2 19 4 CFG AxIN2StopEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   638  Meaning   Enable disable IN2 trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Enabled       1 Disabled                6 4 3 2 19 5 CFG_AxIN2StopReact  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   639  Meaning   Set get IN2 trigger stop mode   Comments        Value Description       0 Sudden stop       1 Decelerating                6 4 3 2 19 6 CFG AxIN2StopLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   640  Meaning   Set get the active logic of IN2 trigger stop function     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 218    Comments        Value Description       0 Active low       1 Active high             6 4 3 2 19 7 CFG AxIN4StopEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   R amp W  PropertylD   641  Meaning   Enable disable IN4 trigger stop function   Comments        Value Description       0 Enabled 
163. le s path                       Return Value   Error Code    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 94    Comments     Configuration file can be binary or text file  If the file extension is bin  driver  reads the file in binary format  Otherwise  driver reads the file in  INI  text  format      User should debug device and set necessary configuration by Utility  then  save these configuration information into file  This configuration file can be  loaded in user s application by calling Acm DevLoadConfig     If user wants to save configuration information in  bin file format  the saved  data structure  MOT DEV CONFIG  of configuration information should be  as follow     typedef struct MOT AX CONFIG      ULONG PlsPerUnit   DOUBLE MaxVel   DOUBLE MaxAcc   DOUBLE MaxDec   DOUBLE MaxJerk   DOUBLE VelHigh   DOUBLE VelLow   DOUBLE Dec   DOUBLE Acc   ULONG PlsinMde   ULONG PlsinLgc   ULONG PlsinMaxFreg   ULONG PlsOutMde   ULONG AlmEnable   ULONG AlmLogic   ULONG AlmReact   ULONG InpEnable   ULONG InpLogic   ULONG ErcLogic   ULONG ErcEnMde   ULONG ElEnable   ULONG ElLogic   ULONG ElReact   ULONG SwMelEnable   ULONG SwPelEnable   ULONG SwMelReact   ULONG SwPelReact   ULONG SwMelValue   ULONG SwPelValue   ULONG OrgLogic   ULONG EzLogic   ULONG HomeModeEx   ULONG HomeExSwitchMode   DOUBLE HomeCrossDis     95 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    ULONG HomeResetEnable   ULONG BacklashEnable   ULONG BacklashPulses   ULONG BacklashVel   ULONG CmpSrc   ULONG CmpMethod   ULONG CmpPulseLogic   ULONG CmpPulseWid
164. ll be loaded to comparator  and if the current  position matches the comparator  pulse will be generated  the next compare  data will be loaded to comparator automatically     Before setting compare data  set property CFG AxCmpEnable to   CMP Enable first  If you want to close compare function  you only need to  set property CFG AxCmpEnable to CMP Disable and nothing is necessary  to clear compare data  You can set CFG_AxCmpSrc to   SRC COMMAND POSITION or SRC ACTUAL POSITION    As long as any of the three functions Acm AxSetCmpData     Acm AxSetCmpAuto   Acm AxSetCmpTable is called  the previously  compared data will be cleared     At most  there are 100 000 compare data   This function just supports X axis and Y axis currently     If CFG AxGenDoEnable is enabled  the compare function will be disabled   so the compare signal will not be output     PCI 1285E does not support this API   6 3 4 9 4 Acm AxGetCmpData             Format   U32 Acm AxGetCmpData  HAND AxisHandle  PF64 CmpPosition   Purpose   Get current compare data in the comparator   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   CmpPosition PF64 OUT Compare data  Unit  PPU                    139 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual          Return Value   Error Code   Comments   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 10 Latch  6 3 4 10 1 Acm AxGetLatchData                                  Format   U32 Acm AxGetLatchData  HAND AxisHandle  U32 PositionNo  PF64  Position   
165. ltaneous start axis and make it output simultaneous start signal to start  all axis that are waiting for start trigger                             Parameter   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle   HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     If more than one ax is waiting on start trigger  user should set the mode of  simultaneous starting  stopping by CFG AxSimStartSource before this API     PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 6 5 Acm AxSimStop  Format   U32 Acm_AxSimStop  HAND AxisHandle   Purpose     Stop the axis and make the axis output a simultaneous stop trigger to stop  all axis that are waiting for the stop trigger                             Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND  IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     When doing simultaneous operation  you can do this operation on any axis  to stop all axis if the Simultaneous starting mode is on STA  Or else every  simultaneous axis needs to call this API to stop simultaneous motion     About simultaneous starting stopping mode  see about  CFG AxSimStartSource     PCI 1285E does not support this API     Home    6 3 4 7 1 Acm AxHome  Format   U32 Acm AxHome  HAND AxisHandle  U32 HomeMode  U32 Dir   Purpose     To command axis to start typical home motion  The 11 types of typical home  motion are composed of extended home     125 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Parameters        Name    Type    In or Out
166. ltiple Axis Operation Flow Chart                  99    60  Figure 6 5 Cam Operation Flow Chart    61  Figure 6 6 Gear Gantry Operation Flow Chart                       62  Figure 6 7 Tangential Following Operation Flow Chart                63  6 2 3 Example Support LiSt         coouuoussun nn nannaa eL i nananana 64  6 2 4 PCl 1285 1285E Support API List    65  6 2 5 Property Support LiSt         osoouuussun n an nana LLI LLY ninne  70  6 2 6 Creating a New Application                uuusuusssn nn nannaa 74  Figure 6 8 Open File to Creating a New VC Application             74  Figure 6 9 Creating a New VC Console Application                     75  Figure 6 10Setting Calling Convention                uusssssnin neen 75    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 2    6 3    6 4    6 5    Appendix A    A 1    Appendix B    B 1  B 2  B 3  B 4  B 5  B 6    B 7    Figure 6 11 Folder Content of This Example             eee 76    Figure 6 12Add Head Files Path            oossouss s naan 76  Figure 6 13Setting Lib File Path          ecsuuuussse nnen naaaeeen 76  Figure 6 14 Result of VC Sonsole Example                 ccccceeeeees 79  Figure 6 15Load VB Development Environment                          79  Figure 6 16Add Module Files into Project    80  Figure 6 17Design the FOFM          eeececceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaaas 80  Figure 6 18 The Execution Result            eee ceeeeeesseeeeeeeenneeeeeeeenaees 82  Funcion LIST  mkvata aisa dey no Ysy Uva Hahaha kaa ectthyesQeadengueeducetu
167. mation     Product Warranty  2 years     Advantech warrants to you  the original purchaser  that each of its products will be  free from defects in materials and workmanship for two years from the date of pur   chase     This warranty does not apply to any products which have been repaired or altered by  persons other than repair personnel authorized by Advantech  or which have been  subject to misuse  abuse  accident or improper installation  Advantech assumes no  liability under the terms of this warranty as a consequence of such events    Because of Advantech s high quality control standards and rigorous testing  most of   our customers never need to use our repair service  If an Advantech product is defec    tive  it will be repaired or replaced at no charge during the warranty period  For out   of warranty repairs  you will be billed according to the cost of replacement materials   service time and freight  Consult your dealer for more details    If you think you have a defective product  follow these steps    1  Collect all the information about the problem encountered   For example  CPU  speed  Advantech products used  other hardware and software used  etc   Note  anything abnormal and list any onscreen messages you get when the problem  occurs    2  Call your dealer and describe the problem  Have your manual  product  and any  helpful information readily available     Part No  2003128500 Edition 1  Printed in Taiwan May 2013    PCl 1285 1285E User Manual ii    3  lf y
168. mi  Form1 fim    25 Modules   8 Module1  ADVMOT bas    3 Module2  General bas     Figure 6 16 Add Module Files into Project    4  Design the form       Formi DOR     Open    DeviceNumber   Ten         Open Device amp Axes Close Device amp Axes    Combol v Move RelPtp 10000  Command Position  0    Figure 6 17 Design the Form       5  Write the code   The variables definitions are as follow   Option Explicit  Dim m_DevHand As Long  Dim m_dwDevNum As Long  Dim AxisPerDev As Long  Dim m_AxisHand   As Long  Dim m CurAxis As Long  Dim m_avaDevs   As DEVLIST    When form is loaded  find the available devices by API    Acm_GetAvailableDevs      The code is as follow     Private Sub Form_Load    Dim Result As Long  Dim i  DeviceNumber As Long  Dim strTemp As String  ReDim m_avaDevs 16   ReDim m_AxisHand 32     Get available devices by Acm_GetAvailableDevs  Result   Acm GetAvailableDevs m avaDevs 0   MAX DEVICES  DeviceNumber   If Result  lt  gt  SUCCESS Then  MsgBox  no available device in system   voOKOnly   error     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 80    Exit Sub  End If  If DeviceNumber  lt  gt  0 Then  m_dwDevNum   m_avaDevs 0  dwDeviceNum  tx_DevNum  Text    Ox    Hex m_dwDevNum   Timer  Interval   200  Else  MsgBox  no available device in system   voOKOnly   error   End IfEnd Sub    Click    Open Device amp Axes     the device and axes in the device will be opened  The  timer is enabled  The combox will contain all of axes  The code is as follow     Private Sub btn OpenDev Click     
169. mments   6 4 3 1 14 Latch    6 4 3 1 14 1 FT AxLatchMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   325    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 192    Meaning   Get axis supported latch features                 Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 Logic   2 31 Not defined              Comments   6 4 3 1 15 Cam DO  6 4 3 1 15 1 FT AxCamDOMap                               Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   326  Meaning   Get axis supported CamDO features   Bits Description  0 Enabled  1 CamDOLogic  2 CamDOCmpSrc  3 CamDOLoLimit  4 CamDOHiLimit  5 CamDOMode  6 CamDODir  7 31 Not defined           Comments   6 4 3 1 16 Ext Drive    6 4 3 1 16 1 FT_AxExtDriveMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   327    193    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual          Meaning   Get axis supported external drive features        Bits Description       ExtMasterSrc       ExtSelEnable          ExtPulseMode       0  1  2 ExtPulseNum  3  4    ExtPresetNum             5 31 Not defined           Comments     6 4 3 1 16 2 FT AxExtMasterSrcMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   328  Meaning   Get axis supported external drive master source                       Bits Description  0 axis 0  1 axis 1  2 axis 2  3 axis 3  4 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 17 Aux Gen DIO    6 4 3 1 17 1 FT AxGenDOMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   329  Meaning   Get axis supported general output from OUT4 to OUT7                       Bits Description   0 OUT4 CAM DO   1 OUT5 TRIG_ Position  2 OUT6 SVON   3 OUT7 
170. n Counter Control    6 3 4 8 1 Acm AxSetCmdPosition                               Format   U32 Acm AxSetCmdPosition  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Position   Purpose   Set command position for the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type  lnorOut   Description  AxisHandle   HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position F64 IN New command position uint PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 4 8 2 Acm AxGetCmdPosition  Format   U32 Acm AxGetCmdPosition  HAND AxisHandle  PF64 Position   Purpose   Get current command position of the specified axis   Parameters                                Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position PF64 OUT Return the command position  uint PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 136    6 3 4 9    6 3 4 8 3 Acm AxSetActualPosition                               Format   U32 Acm AxSetActualPosition  HAND AxisHandle  F64 Position   Purpose   Set actual position for the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle   HAND   IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   Position F64 IN New actual position uint PPU   Return Value   Error Code   Comments     6 3 4 8 4 Acm AxGetActualPosition                                                          Format   U32 Acm AxGetActualPosition  HAND AxisHandle  PF64 Position   Purpose   Get current actual position of the specified axis   Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  AxisHandle  HAND  IN 
171. n Utility exe is the  utility which is running now  The fourth and fifth lines are driver files  Kernal Mode  and User Mode   which depends on device type  the sixth line is DSP firmware and  the seventh line is FPGA of the hardware     Note  Only DSP based motion control card will show the DSP and FPGA  E i information          Refresh    This button supports refresh function  Click  Refresh   Device Tree will re load the  Device  No device is selected by default after operation     Save  This button can save all properties of the axes of the selected device     Load    This button can import configurations of all axes of the selected device  After the  device is selected  click the button  an Open Dialog box will appear  Select the previ   ously exported configuration file and click  OK   you can import the configuration file  into the Device hardware     Download    For PCI 1285 1285E series  it s DSP based motion controller  After clicking device   you can see the interface as follows     a  Firmware Download    Device Type PCI1285E Current DSP Firmware Version 1 3 0 0   Download DSP Firmware    File Path     File Version      gt  gt Open file Start Download       Percentage    0        Download FPGA Firmware    File Path   Chip ID   Hardware Version     File Version      gt  gt Open file Start Download  Percentage  0      Status  Ready Current FPGA Firmware Version  a  0 0 6              PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 24    5 2 2 6    The tool is to upgrade the DSP and FPGA 
172. n tangent fol   low axis and the Group  Tangent follow movement is not supported by PCI 1285E     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 42    5 4 4 6    Path Plot  Display the group motion curve  Click  Path Plot   the following form will appear     io  Group Path View DER     Setting  Horizontal Setting          Horizontal Source   l Axis v  Horizontal PosType  Command Position  Horizontal Max  8000    Horizontal Min   2000        Y  HZoomEnable       Vertical Setting  Vertical Source  2 Axis v    Vertical PosType   Command Position W       Vertical Max  8000             Vertical Min   2000            VZoomEnable                      5 4 4 6 1 Setting  Set the horizontal and vertical coordinates   1  Horizontal setting    a  Horizontal Source  Horizontal data source  Ist axis of group  sorted by the order being  added  by default  You can choose any axis in group     b  Horizontal PosType  Horizontal position type  you can choose command or feedback  position     c  Horizontal Max  Horizontal maximum coordinate     d  Horizontal Min  Horizontal minimum coordinate   2  Vertical setting  same way as horizontal setting     5 4 4 6 2 Set  Click  Set  to activate the effectiveness     5 4 4 6 3 Start  Click  Start   the graphic box will be ready to draw the curve  If Group is in motion   you can see the trajectory  After clicked  the text on  Start  button will change into   Stop   click  Stop   drawing the curve will be stopped and the text will back to  Start    5 4 4 6 4 Clear  Click  Cl
173. nable  the test is also displayed as grey  If the  board supports this function and enable this function  then  the test will be display as    normal     Multi Axes Motion    Single Axis Motion    Multi Aris Motion i  Synchronized Motion   G Code    Operate Axes             v        r2                   PCI 1285E  PCI 1285E  FCI 1205E  PCI 1285E  PCI 1285F    0114  O Axiz   M14  1 Axis  M14  2 Axis   14  3 Axis   M14  4 Awic     se          SVON       svor    Line End PPU   6000  6000    8000    8000          Motion Params Set    VelLow  100000  VelHigh  500000  Ace    5000000  Dec    10000    Speed Pattern     Traperia    Set Parameters    Path Status    CurIndex     Renain     Po    sition  Position    Command    Feedback  sl    0    o    o  o    O S curve    Basic Interpolation Motion    Motion Operation    Movement Mode    O Absolute   Relative    Arc Direction    O cw    Path Motion    O cor    Arc Center  PPU     6000  o  8000  o    r    a    16000    a    Interpolation Mode    O  Line    Mova    Arc End  PPU   18000             Edit Path     Load Path    Move Path     gt XMeve Sel Path        7000    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Path Count  O    YPath Plot    Speed Chart          Reset Fath    38       Reset Counter    5 4 1 Operate Axes    The checkedListBox in the form will list all axes of the selected device  check the  Checkbox of corresponding axis  you can add the axis into the Group  When the  number of axis added to the Group is less than 2  Group s State wil
174. nd align the gold striped  edge connector with the expansion slot socket  Press the card into the socket  gently but firmly  Make sure the card fits the slot tightly  Use of excessive force  must be avoided  otherwise the card might be damaged    6  Fasten the bracket of the PCI card on the back panel rail of the computer with  screws    7  Connect appropriate accessories  100 pin cable  wiring terminals  etc  if neces   sary  to the PCI card    8  Replace the cover of your computer and connect the cables you removed in  step 2    9  Turn on your computer      gt     7 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Signal Connections    This chapter provides in ion  about how to connect input and  output signals        3 1 I O Connector Pin Assignments    The I O connector on the PCI 1285 1285E is a 200 pin connector that enables you to  connect to accessories via the PCL 101100SB shielded cable     Figure 3 1 and figure 3 2 show the pin assignments for the 200 pin I O connector on  the PCI 1285 1285E  and table 3 1 shows its I O connector signal description     Note  The PCL 101100SB shielded cable is especially designed for the  N PCI 1285 1285E series to reduce noise in the analog signal lines   5 Refer to section 1 4 Accessories     CN1B Pin100    CN1B Pin1             CN1A Pin100 CN1A Pin1    Figure 3 1 I O connector CN1A CN1B for PCI 1285 1285E    VEX VEX VEX VEX  EMG NC EMG EMG NC EMG  XO LMT  X2_LMT  X4_LMT  X6_LMT   X0_LMT  X2_LMT  X4_LMT  X6_LMT   X0_IN
175. nd it will always add a trailing null to end the string  If the buffer is  too small  the error message may be truncated     Acm_DevWriteEEPROM_Ex  Format     U32 Acm_DevWriteEEPROM_Ex HAND DeviceHandle  U16 PrivatelD  PU32 Pass   WordArray  U32 PassArrayCnt  PU32 WriteArray  U32 BufferLength     Purpose     Write the protective private data and password to EEPROM  Totally 8 sets are  allowed and there are 8 bytes password and 8 bytes data per set     Parameters                                            Name Type In or Out   Description  DeviceHandle   HAND IN DeviceHandle  PrivatelD U16 IN 0 7  PassWordArray   PU32 IN Password array pointer  PassArrayCnt   U32 IN Password length is 2 per set  WriteArray PU32 IN Write data array pointer  BufferLength U32 IN Data length is 2 per set  Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The default value of password and protective data is 0  It will overwrite original value  without checking password while writing data     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 92    6 3 1 4 Acm DevReadEEPROM Ex  Format     Acm DevReadEEPROM Ex HAND DeviceHandle  U16 PrivatelD  PU32 PassWor   dArray  U32 PassArrayCnt  PU32 ReadArray  U32 BufferLength     Purpose     Input the right password to read the private data  There are 8 sets and 8 bytes for  password and 8 bytes for data per set                                            Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  DeviceHandle   HAND IN DeviceHandle  PrivatelD U16 IN 0 7  PassWordArray   PU32 IN Password 
176. ning   Get Device interrupt number   Comments     6 4 1 2 4 CFG DevBusNumber  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   205    179 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Get device bus number   Comments     6 4 1 2 5 CFG DevSlotNumber  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   206  Meaning   Get device slot number   Comments     6 4 1 2 6 CFG DevDriverVersion  Data Type   char   R W   R  PropertylD   207  Meaning   Get SYS driver s version  The format is  1 0 0 1  Comments     6 4 1 2 7 CFG DevDIIVersion  Data Type   char   R W   R  PropertylD   208  Meaning   Get DLL driver s version  The format is  1 0 0 1   Comments     6 4 1 2 8 CFG DevFwVersion  Data Type   char   R W   R  PropertylD   208  Meaning   Get the firm version  the format is  1 0 0 1   Comments     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 180    6 4 1 2 9 CFG DevCPLDVersion  Data Type   char   R W   R  PropertylD   218  Meaning   Get the CPLD version of device  the format is  1 0 0 1   Comments     6 4 1 2 10 CFG DevEmgLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   220  Meaning   Set the active logic for emergency stop signal   Comments        Bits Description       0 Low active             1 High active          6 4 2 DAO    6 4 2 1 Feature    6 4 2 1 1 FT DagDiMaxChan  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   50  Meaning   Get maximum number of DI channels   Comments     6 4 2 1 2 FT DagDoMaxChan  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   51    181 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Meaning   Get maximum number of DO channels   Comments
177. ns 91  6 3 1 Commot API aey iadu YSG GYR yH GO GAS AIT CYD GOG a aeaa 91  6 3 2  Device ObjeCl  eu imieu i dei iad a Natsit nastaan aa 94  6 33 DAQ Gu anta musat Yny a nd YY MALI Y HE CYF and ieee 109  ys Y a CLER RY FRYN FY FYRFYFYR FRY YY 113  6 3 5  LEL        FFR FFF FFF Dr papastatuyar FD FR FFF YF HF FYND HAN FYN 149  Property LiStm sutssmsusms     n uy ien naa GEUYN yd od ynn FD dastiadest ees manta 176  6 41   DGVICOnii GR GYG eddu ded Ca ddad ehe  n nd dd end dda 176  64 2  DAO en iiaia ia aa ad ddyd nwn Can a Ydd lates 181  643 PKS e ao e theme EDD AGENCY dig NC ndd 184  6 4 4  Group iai Go edn Y   ven ded aY ye DU CR Yny Ca 223  Error oo iis HE a a amakv  aAST Talar rkEEN ETEEN 227    Software Function Comparison Table   235    Software Function Comparison Table                uusssss nananana 236    Specifications cii 2 IT    FF NR EI RE tee ava NF TEN FAP RE NT OHK EKUN S TAINA NN HRN PR 238  B 1 UU a P F FYNY veden E AFF FFY YFANFNF 238  B 1 DOSGCMIPIOTI2a6aaiasaa ddw Y tn Hansin a gNGd Tan ddd dd 238  Digit  llnPUtsmmsuisssmoksuste   v  EYFEFYREHFEFFRF ERA FFYN 238  B 2 UL HE Taman HYD HEAR NN HNN EN FNFR 238  B 2 DOSGFIPIION iesin yui ta veden v testaama venus ana 238  High Speed Digital Input           euoossosssse sn aan LLAI AA nana an aan ananeen 238  B 3 UC LEN EAE asettaan a vakestar etikka 238  B 3 DOSGMIPIIO sauces eiii cise liste  edyn dn nfed dad 238  Digital  OUTPUT niuer Y bydi syd rinwed kami teaa ua saa aaea anae dyd laan 238  B 4 UERCH T NET    
178. nual 222    i AbsSwitch EN    EL    LmtSwitch   EL                 Home Cross Distance  Home Cross Distance    6 4 3 3 2 2 PAR AxHomeExSwitchMode                   Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   407  Meaning   Setting the stopping condition of Acm AxHomeEx   Value  Define Description  0 LevelOn When sensor is ON Active   1 LevelOff When sensor is OFF Non active   2 Rising When OFF to ON transition in sensor  Edge  3 Falling When ON to OFF transition in sensor  Edge                   6 4 4 Group    6 4 4 1 Config  6 4 4 1 1 System    6 4 4 1 1 1 CFG GpAxislnGroup  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   806  Meaning   Get information about which axis is  are  in this group                    Bits Description  0 0 axis  1 1 axis  2 2 axes  3 3 axes             223 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual          4 axes       5 axes       6 axes    N   O  on  A       7 axes                Comments   6 4 4 1 2 Path    6 4 4 1 2 1 CFG GpBldTime  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   808  Meaning   Set get blengding time when add a path into system path buffer   Comments   It should be 0 65535 and multiple of 2 Unit  ms   See about Acm GpAddPath   PCI 1285E not support   6 4 4 1 2 2 CFG GpSFEnable  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   809  Meaning   Enable Disable speed forward function                          Value Description   0 Disabled   1 Enabled  Comments     It can not support S profile speed curve  In this mode  the speed  parameter of Acm AddPath is useless  just speed s
179. o import through  Load Path     3  Movement mode  Absolute or Relative  If you select    Absolute      then com   mands listed in the Cmd column will be the commands related to absolute  motion  Similarly  if you choose    Relative     then commands listed in the Cmd  column will be the commands related to relative motion    4  Path edit items include command  Cmd   Mode  Blending No Blending   move   ment velocity  vel high   initial velocity  vel low   center  Center   and end  End   Point   Wherein  there are two axes  Center0 Center1  in circle interpolation by  default  the number of EndPoint is according to the maximum number of axis  supported in the selected device interpolation  such as in PCI 1285  the maxi   mum number of axis supported is 2 in Direct interpolation motion  so the end  point will be EndPoint0  EndPoint1     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 40    5  _ Add lnsert New Row s   after clicking  the following dialog will be shown  you  can edit the number of rows to be added inserted     ES Add Row Number DER     Rows to add   l       L x     Cancle            Click  OK   corresponding number of rows will be added after or inserted into the  selected row     6  Delete Selected Row s   delete the selected rows   7  Clear All Rows  clear all lines     5 4 4 4 2 Load Path  Click  Load Path   if group s state is  Ready   you can import selected Path file  bin  format  from the Open File dialog box to the Device    5 4 4 4 3 Move Path    After loading Path  if the ed
180. o move    11 MO TRIG AX8 START  Trigger when axis 8 starts to move    12  MO TRIG AX9 START  Trigger when axis 9 starts to move    13 MO TRIG AX10 START  Trigger when axis 10 starts to move    14 MO TRIG AX11 START  Trigger when axis 11 starts to move    So far in PCI 1245 1245V 1245E  only 0 6 trigger methods are supported  In  PCI 1265  only 0 8 trigger modes are supported  Moreover  trigger by DI is  reserved    ChanType  The source of data acguisition  the available values of which are   0  Cmd Position  Command Position    1  Act Position  Actual Position    2  Lag Position  Lag Position  which means the difference between Command  Position and Actual Position    3  Cmd Velocity  reserved   Command Velocity    Count  Count of acquired data  the range of which is 0 2000  The max value is  2000 by default in Utility    CurCount  Acguired data count will be returned after motion data is acguired   Status  Display current acguisition status    0  Ready  Data acguisition function is not started yet    1  Wait Trigger  Data acguisition function is started  but waits for trigger  2   Started  Motion data is being acguired      O 0 N O 01    O N           After the mouse moves away from the edit box  the setting values will take  effect  You can check current configurations of each channel in DataGridView   which is shown as below     Motion DAQ Config Status   ChannelID Period AxisNo Method  is_0 Mi MQ TRIG DISABLE  iz O Y HO TRIG DISABLE       is_O M BQ TRIG DISABLE    Ax  Ax 
181. ode and Non Blending Mode  CFG GpSFEnable  should be disabled in Non Blending mode    There will be three mode according to the setting of MoveMode and   CFG GpBldTime  they are  BufferMode  BlendingMode  FlyMode     1  BufferMode  When the MoveMode is Non Blending   At this mode  each path has the whole process of accelerating and decelerating   In this mode  the Speed Foward function can not be supported  so  CFG_GpSFEnable should be disabled        A MoveMode Non blending  FIL  F12 113 0  FH3 gt FH2 gt FH1          BufferMode    Velocity    path  path2 path3          Time    2  BlendingMode  When MoveMode is Blending and the value of  CFG_GpBldTime is greater than zero  These mode doses not support S profile  acceleration  When speed forward function is enabled by CFG_SFEnable  the  parameter FL and FH is useless because all of soeed parameters used in path  motion are of group speed setting  all of path have the same driving speed   For example  CFG SFEnable   Disable  BlendingTime gt 0  The speed curves  are as follows     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 166    CFG SFEnable disable  F11  F12 f13 0    FH3 gt FH2 gt FH1       BlendingMode        Velocity          CFG SFEnable disable  FL3 gt FL2 FL1 gt 0  FH3 FH2 FH1          BlendingMode        Velocity    The path is as follow     BlengdingT Ime    Path2    li        FlyMode  When MoveMode is Blending and the value of CFG GpBldTime is 0   When speed forward function is enabled by CFG_SFEnable  the parameter FL  and FH is usel
182. olation motion will directly use the set position parameters     Relative  the interpolation motion will add initial offset to the position parameters and  then use it     39 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 4 4 4    5 4 4 3 2 Arc Direction  CW means clockwise   CCW means counter clockwise     5 4 4 3 3 Interpolation Mode  Line  linear interpolation  Arc  circular interpolation  Helix  helical interpolation    5 4 4 3 4 Move  After corresponding configuration  click  Move   Group will do the specified interpola   tion    5 4 4 3 5 Stop  While Group is in interpolation motion  click  Stop   the interpolation motion will be  stopped     Path Motion    Path Motion    Edit Path    Load Path Move Sel Path    5 4 4 4 1 Edit Path  Click  Edit Path   the following form will be shown up        0  Enable Blea     W 2000  O Enable Ben   4 9000  0  Enable Blea  M 0000          Bow Row s     Balete Selected Rev a     Wherein  the top toolbox includes Open File  Save File and movement mode     1  Open File 5  Open selected Path file from appropriate file path  which can be a  binary file   bin  or a comma separated value file   CSV     2  Save File m  save the edited data to a Path file  which can be a binary file   bin   or a comma separated value file   CSV   CSV files can be opened in Excel  so  can be checked   modified conveniently later  But if you want to run the Path  through  Load Path   you need to save the data as  bin format  because cur   rently device only supports  bin file t
183. ollowing axis                             Parameters    Name Type   In Out   Description   DeviceHandle HAND   IN Device handle  This handle is device handle from  Acm DevOpen    CamTablelD U32 IN Identifier of CAM table  PCI 1245 and PCI 1265  reserves 2 sets of cam table  So the ID can be 0   1    pMasterArray PF64   IN Master position array of CAM table points    pSlaveArray PF64   IN Slave position array of CAM table points    pPointRangeArray   PF64   IN Point range of CAM table point    pPointSlopeArray   PF64   IN Point slope of CAM table point    ArrayElements U32 IN Element count in the pMasterArray  pSlaveArray                 pPointRangeArray  pPointSlopeArray array  The  Max  Element count is 128        Return Value   Error Code   Comments     Camming is characterized by dynamic ratio between the leading and  following axis  and by the phase shift  The transmission ratio is described by    a CamTable     Camming is done with one table  two dimensional   describing master and  slave positions together   The table should be strictly monotonic rising or  falling  going both reverse and forward with the master    PCI 1285 1285E do not support this API     The meaning of the parameters is as follow        As top figure  Range is the needed pulse number when master axis rotates 360       101 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       The black points in figure are composed of master values  eg  X1  X2  in MasterAr   ray and corresponding slave values in SlaveArray  and the red po
184. on and Actual Position    3 Command Velocity           Comments     177 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 1 1 5 FT DevMDAOTrigMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   7  Meaning   The methods to trigger MotionDAQ function                    Bits Description   0 Disable MotionDAQ function    1 Software command trigger mode  i e  Start command is issued to trigger    2 DI trigger    3 Specify axis motion to start  i e  trigger MotionDAQ function                 Comments     6 4 1 1 6 FT_DevMDAQMaxChan  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   8  Meaning   Record max channel count of MotionDAQ data   Comments   In PCI 1285 1285E  the max channel count is 0     6 4 1 1 7 FT_DevMDAQMaxBufCount    Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   9  Meaning   The max data count of MotionDAQ that each MotionDAQ channal  can record   Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E   the value is 0   6 4 1 1 8 FT DevOverflowCntr    Data Type   U32  R W   R    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 178    PropertylD   3  Meaning   The maximum data count of position counter   Comments   For PCI 1285 1285E  the maximum data count is 2147483647     6 4 1 2 Configuration    6 4 1 2 1 CFG DevBoardlD  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   201  Meaning   Get Device ID  For PCI 1285 1285E  this property value will be 0 15   Comments     6 4 1 2 2 CFG DevBaseAddress  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   203  Meaning   Return IO base address   Comments     6 4 1 2 3 CFG Devlnterrupt  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   204  Mea
185. our product is diagnosed as defective  obtain an RMA  return merchandize  authorization  number from your dealer  This allows us to process your return  more quickly    4  Carefully pack the defective product  a fully completed Repair and Replacement  Order Card and a photocopy proof of purchase date  such as your sales receipt   in a shippable container  A product returned without proof of the purchase date  is not eligible for warranty service    5  Write the RMA number visibly on the outside of the package and ship it prepaid  to your dealer     Technical Support and Assistance    1  _ Visit the Advantech web site at www Advantech com support where you can  find the latest information about the product    2  Contact your distributor  sales representative  or Advantech s customer service  center for technical support if you need additional assistance  Have the follow   ing information ready before you call        Product name and serial number       Description of your peripheral attachments       Description of your software  operating system  version  application software   etc         A complete description of the problem       The exact wording of any error messages    Packing List    Before setting up the system  check that the items listed below are included and in  good condition  If any item does not accord with the table  Contact your dealer imme   diately    m PCI 1285 1285E   m Companion CD ROM  DLL driver included    m Startup Manual    Safety Precaution   Stati
186. ource axis    Vibration Reverse Sets the vibration suppressing timing for   Time source axis  This function is used to suppress  vibration of mechanical system by outputting  single pulse for negative direction and then  single pulse for positive direction right after  completion of command movement    Vibration Forward Sets the vibration suppressing timing for   Time source axis    Note  In the utility  if no corresponding functions of the selected device  the    item will not shown in the left side Tree View  For example  if the  selected device is PCI 1245 1265  and this board does not support    slow down  SD  and vibration suppression function  then  you will not  see the items in the Tree View  At the same time  because single axis  dialog has speed parameter setting  the speed pattern item will not   be shown     35    When  Pulse Out  category is selected  there will be illustration of  corresponding mode below the description of  Pulse Out Mode  prop   erty     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       5 3 4 4    5 3 5    After editing  the property value will become effective  already set in device  after the  mouse leaves the edit box    If you want to duplicate the attributes to other axes  only activate the  Check  on the  right side of check box  Then  click  Copy Config     Click  Close  to close the form     Axis Status   Click the button  you can view the assigned axis information  For example  PhylD   PPU  and basic status  Motion Status  State  Error Status and etc 
187. pose     Get the list of available device numbers and names of devices  of which  driver has been loaded successfully                 Parameters   Name Type In or Out   Description  DeviceList DEVLIST    OUT Pointer to returned available device info list   MaxEntries U32 IN The max devices count to get   OutEntries PU32 OUT The count of available device                    Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The structure of DEVLIST is     typedef struct tagPT_DEVLIST    i  DWORD    CHAR  SHORT      DEVLIST   LPDEVLIST     DeviceNum     DeviceNum   DeviceName 50    NumOfSubDevices     Device Number needed for Acm_DevOpen     DeviceName     Device name  For example  PCI 1285 1285E     NumOfSubDevices     Just for AMONET device  It is zero in PCI 1285 1285E     91    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       6 3 1 2    6 3 1 3    Acm GetErrorMessage  Format     BOOL Acm GetErrorMessage  U32 ErrorCode  LPTSTR IpszError  U32  nMaxError     Purpose   Get the error message according to error code returned from API   Parameters                             Name Type In or Out   Description   ErrorCode U32 IN The returned error code of API    lpszError LPTSTR OUT The pointer to the string of error message    nMaxError U32 IN The max length of string to receive error  message           Return Value     Nonzero if the function is successful  otherwise O if no error message text is  available     Comments     Acm GetErrorMessage will not copy more than nMaxError  1 characters to  the buffer a
188. r Manual 2    1 3    1 4    Installation Guide    Before you install the card  make sure you have the following necessary compo   nents    PCI 1285 1285E card   User manual   Driver and software   Utility   PCL 101100SB wiring cable between PCI board and terminal board  ADAM 3956 terminal boards    Any PCL 10153MJ3 PCL 10153YS5 PCL 10153PA5 PCL 10153PA5LS PCL   10153DA2 cable between terminal board and servo drive  Supports Mitsubishi  J3  Yaskawa Sigma V  Panasonic A4 A5 MINAS A and Delta A2     m _  ndustrial grade PC with PCI bus slot    Accessories    Advantech offers a complete set of accessory products  These accessories include    Wiring Cables to Wiring Board   m PCL 101100SB PCL 101100SB is a 100 pin shielded cable  To achieve a bet   ter signal guality  the signal wires are twisted in such away as to form a  twisted   pair cable   reducing cross talk and noise from other signal sources    Wiring Board   m ADAM 3956   ADAM 3956 is specially designed for servo drive connection in a  convenient way  The wiring board features 4 axis design  For instance  if you  use PCI 1285 1285E board  two wiring boards are necessary for 8 axis control   The fast to connect transfer cables are available for Panasonic A4 A5 MINAS   Yaskawa Sigma V  Mitsubishi J3 and Delta A2 servo    Transfer Cables to Servo   m PCL 10153PA5   PCL 10153PA5 is a 50 pin cable connecting  ADAM 3956 to Panasonic A4 and A5 servo    m PCL 10153PA5LS   PCL 10153PA5LS is a 50 pin cable connecting  ADAM 3956 to
189. r to  get the value of property according to PropertylD  If the Buffer is too small   the return value will be error code  InvalidInputParam   In this case  driver  will return the actual size of the property in BufferLength     About the detail information of PerpertylD  see about Property List     Acm SetProperty   Format   U32 Acm SetProperty  HAND Handle  U32 ProperylD  PVOID Buffer  U32  BufferLength     Purpose   Set the property  configuration property or parameter property  value  through assigned PropertylD                    Parameters    Name Type In or Out Description   Handle HAND IN Object handle  This handle may be  device handle from Acm DevOpen  or  axis handle from Acm AxOpen  or  group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   ProperylD U32 IN Property ID to set    Buffer PVOID OUT Data buffer for property    BufferLength U32 IN Buffer size for the property                       Return Value   Error Code     97 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Comments     For some properties  driver may package the value with some adjustment  for precision consideration  So some properties  output value may be  different from the input value  Eg  PAR AxJerk     Not all of properties in Property List can be set new property value  only the  writable properties can be reset property value    User should pay attention on data type and data length property needed  If  the value of BufferLength is smaller than actual data size  error code     InvalidlnputParamter    will be returned     About t
190. rate stopped  Its do  the restore command  continue not been completed before the pause     Pause and resume feature supports almost all the action of the Group   including linear interpolation  circular interpolation  helical interpolation and  continuous interpolation function     Command group to pause when the group is moving  then group will  decelerate to stop after receiving this command  Group will resume the  action not completed before pause command  Pause and Resume can  support almost all function of Group  including linear interpolation  arc  interpolation  helix interpolation and continuous interpolation     Pause and Resume have some influence on velocity curve and can be  classified below  take T curve as an example     1  _ lf command pause in single interpolation movement  the velocity curve is     Velocity    Resume       Hardware will calculate if the rest of pulses can support to accelerate to original  velocity  If not  the velocity curve is shown as below     173 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Velocity       Pause Pause    2  There are different situation for continuous interpolation in different mode   m Buffer Mode  Non Blending    CFG SFEnable disable  Blending Disabled        Velocity       ym yn dyn sim ana gwyn se     Pause       Pause       In BufferMode  each segment has its own accelerated and decelerated period  The  current segment will decelerate to stop after receiving Pause command  Hardware  will calculate velocity the rest of pulses can s
191. rchitecture  amp  con   cept        4 1    Introduction of Common Motion Architecture    In order to unify user interfaces of all Advantech motion devices  new software archi   tecture is designed for all Advantech motion devices which is called    Common Motion  Architecture     This architecture defines all user interfaces and all motion functions  that are implemented  including single axis and multiple axes  This unified program   ming platform enables users to operate devices in the same manner    There are three layers in this architecture  Device Driver Layer  Integrated Layer and  Application Layer  Users do not need to know how to operate the specific driver of a  specify device  but only to know the Common Motion Driver  Even though the device  which supports this architecture has changed  the application does not need to be  modified    Advantech Common Motion  ACM  Architecture defines three types of operation  objects  Device  Axis and Group  Each type has its own methods  properties and  states     To start single axis motion  you have to follow the following steps    Open device  gt open one axis of this device  gt configure instance of this axis    gt start motion    All operations can be done by calling corresponding ACM APIs  General calling flows  of Device  Axis  Group are specified by Common Motion Architecture  For detailed  information  refer to the Calling Flow section     Motion Examples            Centralized Control       PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 
192. reater than max  accelerator of device  And if the angle between two conjoint paths is too large  the  error will happen too  so user should pay attention to angle between paths  The for   mula of calculating max angle deviation is as follow     For example     Setting     Module Range  CFG AxModuleRange   3600 pulse   Max Acceleration  CFG AxMaxAcc   1077     Max angle of slope transformation   1097 X 10  6 X 3609 3600   1     PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 4 14 2 Acm AxGantryln    Format     U32 Acm AxGantryln  HAND AxisHandle  HAND MasAxisHandle  116  RefMasterSrc  116 Direction                                   Purpose   Command two axes to move e gantry motion   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  AxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm AxOpen   MasAxisHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   RefMasterSrc 116 IN The reference source   0  Command position  1  Actual position  reserved   Direction 116 IN The direction with master axis   0 same   1 opposite  Return Value   Error Code   147 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       Comments     The slave axis will move synchronously with mater axis  The relationship of  master and slave can be terminated by calling the Acm AxStopDec    Acm AxSstopEmg  the axis will return SteadBy status     There are some restrictions about gantry    1  Cannot set any command except Acm AxStopDec  Acm AxStopEmg to slave   axis    2  Slave axis can not be add in any group    3  Ifthe axis is already one axis in group  it 
193. rection again and  moves  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    MODE12_ AbsSearchRefind  Search ORG  Refind ORG  Move  Dir    gt Search  ORG   gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt Leave ORG FL    gt Stop  gt  Move   Dir   gt Refind  ORG FL   gt Stop    Firstly  axis moves in the way of MODE7_AbsSearch  and then moves uniformly  in opposite direction at VelLow until ORG signal disappears  Then  axis  reverses the direction again and continues to move uniformly at VelLow until  ORG singal occurs    For example    Dir  Positive    ORG Logic  Active High    Limit Logic  Active High     AbsSearchReFind    EL ORG EL       STATUS1 OFF  On   OFF On   OFF On   OFF    EL  ORG ELK    OFF On OFF On   OFF  sTaTus2  OFEI On  EL  ORG f      OFF  On  OFF On OFF On   OFF  STATUS3    AbsSearch process has three situations  For detailed information   see about descriptions in MODE7_AbsSearch     133 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    13  MODE13 LmtSearchRefind  Search EL  Refind EL  Move  Dir    gt Search EL     gt Stop  gt Move   Dir    gt Leave EL FL    gt Stop  gt  Move   Dir   gt Refind EL FL     gt Stop    Firstly  axis moves in the way of MODE8_LmtSearch  and then moves uniformly  in opposite direction at VelLow until EL signal disappears  Thent  axis reverses  the direction again and continues to move uniformly at VelLow until EL singal  occurs    For example    Dir  Positive    Limit Logic  Active High     LmtSearchReFind    EL  EL       STATUS1 _OFF  On   OFF OFF jOn   OFF    s    
194. reserves direction and moves  the ORG signal disappears   then reverses direction again and continues to move  the ORG signal occurs  again  reverses direction and moves  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal  occurring    m STATUSS  If there is no ORG signal occurring  EL signal happens before ORG  signal  the object reverses direction when EL signal happens and continues to  move  and then the ORG signal from happening to disappearing  Reverses  direction again  continues to move  the ORG signal will happen again  then  reverses direction  At last  motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    11  MODE11 LmtSearch Ref  Search EL  NegEZ  Move  Dir    gt Search EL   gt Stop    gt Move   Dir    gt touch EZ   gt Stop    Firstly  object moves in the way of MODE8 LmtSearch  and then moves in  opposite direction until EZ signal occurring    For example    Dir  Positive  Limit logic  Active High        PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 132    12     LmtSearch   NegEZ    EL EZ EL          STATUS1 PF OFF lon   OFF lon lore    EL   N EZ EL  N    OFF On OFF On   OFF  statusz  9EH On    STATUS1  When object is not in field of limit signal  Firstly  the object will move  until EL signal occurring  then reverse direction and continue to move until EZ  signal occurring    STATUS2  When object is in the field of limit signal  Firstly  the object reserves  direction and moves  the EL signal disappears  then reverses direction again  and continues to move  the EL signal occurs again  reverses di
195. returned error code by  Acm GetErrorMessage  According to error message  user can make modification    properly     About Event    Event is the process of sending and handling message between objects  User can  enable disable event  If the event is enabled  the waiting event will get a notification  when the event is triggered in driver if the condition which event needs has been met   And if it is disabled  user will not get the notification even though the event is trig   gered in driver     There are seven types of event                       Event Name Description   EVT AX MOTION DONE Trigger event when current motion is done    EVT AX COMPARED Trigger event when compare condition is meeted    Not support in PCI 1285 1285E    EVT AX VH START Trigger event when motion velocity reaches High  Speed    EVT AX VH END Trigger event when motion slows down    EVT GPn MOTION DONE Trigger event when group motion is done  n is    group id   Get from PAR GpGrouplD by  Acm_DevGeiPropety            EVT GPn VH START Trigger event when group motion velocity reaches  High Speed  n is group id    EVT GPn VH END Trigger event when group motion slows down  n is  group id              See about Acm EnableMotionEvent  Acm CheckMotionEvent     About Using Common Motion API in Win7    1  Acm GetAvailableDevs has to read information from the registry in order to get  the information of all boards that are installed in the computer  This operation  reguires Administrator rights  Therefore  if the 
196. rtylD   320  Meaning   Get the home features supported by this motion axis                       Bits Description   0 Home mode  1 ORG logic   2 EZ logic   3 Reset Enable  4 31 Not defined                 Comments     6 4 3 1 11 2 FT_AxHomeModeMap                                                                   Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   332  Meaning   The supported Home return modes   Bits Description  0 MP MODE1 Abs  1 MP MODE2 Lmt  2 MP MODE3 Ref  3 MP MODE4 Abs Ref  4 MP MODE5 Abs NegRef  5 MP MODE6  mt Ref  6 MP MODE7 AbsSearch  7 MP MODE8 LmtSearch  8 MP MODE9 AbsSearch Ref  9 MP MODE10 AbsSearch NegRef  10 MP MODE11 LmtSearch Ref  11 MP MODE12 AbsSearchReFind  12 MP MODE13 LmtSearchReFind  13 MP MODE14 AbsSearchReFind Ref  14 MP MODE15 AbsSearchReFind NegRef  15 MP MODE16 LmtSearchReFind Ref  Comments     About detailed information about each mode  see about Acm AxHome     191 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4 3 1 12 Backlash    6 4 3 1 12 1 FT AxBackLashMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   321  Meaning   Get the backlash feature supported by this motion axis                 Bits Description  0 Enabled   1 Value   2 31 Not defined                 Comments   6 4 3 1 13 Compare  6 4 3 1 13 1 FT_AxCompareMap                            Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   324  Meaning   Get axis supported compare features   Bits Description  0 Enabled  1 Logic  2 CmpSrc  3 CmpMethod  4 CmpPulseMode  5 CmpPulseWidth  6 31 Not defined                 Co
197. rtylD   705   Meaning   Set the type of velocity profile  t curve or s curve        Value Description                      0 T curve Default   1 S curve  Comments     If PAR GpJerk is set to 1  the PAR GpAcc doesn t mean acceleration but  max acceleration and PAR_GpDec doesn t means deceleration but max  deceleration  The default value is the first added axis jerk     6 4 4 2 2 System    6 4 4 2 2 1 PAR GpGrouplD  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   706  Meaning   Get the GrouplD through GroupHandle   Comments     In PCI 1285 1285E  there are only four GrouplD to use  They are 0 1 2 and  3  You cannot handle more than four groups at the same time  you must  close one group to create new group if there are already three groups  You  must close one group to create new group if there are already two groups     6 4 4 2 3 Path    6 4 4 2 3 1 PAR GpRefPlane  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   709    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 226    Meaning     Set get reference plane for helix motion and arc interpolation                          Value Description  0 XY PLANE  1 YZ PLANE  2 XZ PLANE  Comments     See about Acm GpMoveHelixAbs  Acm GpMoveHelixRel   Acm GpMoveHelixAbs 3p  and Acm GpMoveHelixRel 3p                                                                                                           6 5 ErrorCode  Error Code Error  0x00000000 SUCCESS  0x80000000 InvalidDevNumber  0x80000001 DevRegDataLost  0x80000002 LoadDIIFailed  0x80000003 GetProcAddrFailed  0x80000004 M
198. s    Cam DO CamDO Enable Enables Disables CAM DO function for  source axis    CamDO Logic Sets the active logic for CAM DO signal    CamDO Compare Sets the compare source for CAM DO signal    Source   CamDO Mode Sets the mode for CAM DO signal    CamDO Direction Sets the direction for CAM DO    CamDO Low Limit Sets the low limit for CAM DO signal    CamDO High Limit Sets the high limit for CAM DO signal    Comparator Compare Enable Enables Disables axis comparator for source  axis    Compare Source Sets the source for comparator    Compare Method Sets the method for comparator    Compare Pulse Mode   Sets the pulse mode for comparator    Compare Pulse Logic   Sets the active logic for comparator s pulse    Compare Pulse Width   Sets the pulse width for comparator    ERC Erc Logic Sets the active logic for ERC signal    Erc On Time Sets the on time length for ERC active    Erc Off Time Sets the off time length for ERC active           Erc Enable Mode       Enables Disables ERC Output for source  axis        33    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual                                                                                                       External Drive Ext Master Src Indicates that axis is controlled by which  physical axis s external signal    Ext Sel Enable When Ext drive is enabled  this property  enables driving axis selection by digital input  channel    Ext Pulse Num The number of output driving pulses when an  active edge of input pulse is accept in Hand  Wheel mode  
199. s currently hided  click the button to show it and the text on the button  will change to  Hide Tree      5 2 3 Device Tree       EM PCI 1245  MT   EM PCI 1285E  M14     Click any device of tree view  you will see the operation interface     27 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    5 3    Single Axis Motion    i Multi Axis Notion Synchronized Motion   G Code                                        Operate Axis  FCI 1265E  14  Axis  e  SVON Device Nunber 0x2b00 8000  Motion Params Set Confi guration  Distance   10000 PFU 22Hone Mode    External Drive   Sate  VelLow  2000 PRS       is Sewe _   2mm Staten  a  VelHigh  8000 PPU S w   a  a Move Test LAT  m  kei 10000 PFU S mm         ORG a  Dec    10000 PFU S s     same DIR a  Hex Pox  PFU  tu Shov current Input Output statr  HT rays Position iar  peer command    Reset Error     Speed Pattern E i    asst toe  FI m  GG  Traperi    S eurve Feedback  0   Rezet Counter d  Motion Node Current Axis Status a  O Ftor O Continue    Homing Bani States Ready a  Speed Chart Command Velocity  0 Sia 4  II O Status ja  EE WOODr IN2FDY INMLIC C T SONAE OUTIEVON OUTS CMP OUTHCAMDO Oo a  e 00 09  0 O O O oc a  Lact Error Siaiur  Error Code  0 Error Message  Success   5 3 1 Operate Axis  Select the operating axis  Click the check box drop down symbol  all axes of the  selected device will display as follows   PCI 1285E  M14  O Axis  v  PCI 1285E  PCI 1285E  M14  1 Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  2 Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  3 Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  4 Axis  PCI 1285E  M14  S
200. s written  Firstly  the object will move until ORG signal occur   ring  then continue to move in opposite direction until EZ signal occurring   STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  the home command is writ   ten  the object begins to move  Firstly  the ORG signal disappears  and then  next ORG signal occurs  at the same time reverses motion direction  At last   motion is stopped when EZ signal occurring    STATUS3  If the object is in the field of EZ signal  the home command is written   the object begins to move  Firstly  the EZ signal disappears  and then ORG sig   nal occurs  at the same time reverses motion direction  At last  motion stops  when EZ signal occurring    Note  Home will stop in case EL signal occurs     MODE6  mt Ref  EL   NegEZ  Move  Dir    gt touch EL   gt Stop   gt  Move   Dir      gt touch EZ   gt Stop    The object moves until limit signal occurring firstly  and then continues to move  in opposite direction until EZ signal is occurred    For Example    Dir  Positive  EZ Logic  Active Logic  Limit Logic  Active High     129 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Lmt EZ    Pod Pod  PEZi PE  LR      STATUS1 o on  OFF   on  OFF       OFF  STATUS  Oni OFF   On   OFF  3 H c H i  4 i ez i FEL       STATUS3 OFF   or  OFF   On   OFF  WE _a_i i    m STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal and EL signal  when home  command is written  Firstly  the object will move until EL signal occurring  then  continue to move in opposite direction unti
201. same axis  The default master  E axis is 1st axis of selected device   S     Motion Params Set  It s the same setting as  Single axis Motion    gt   Motion Params Set      Operation    5 5 2 3 1 SVON    Click  SVON   the servos of the Master axis and the Slave axis will be turn on  the  text on it will change into  SVOFF   click  SVOFF   the servos of axes will be turn off   the text on it will back to  SVON      5 5 2 3 2 Other Operation    Refer to  Single axis Motion    gt   Move Test  for other operation  It is noteworthy that  after the establishment of synchronization  the Slave axis will follow the Master axis  to move accordingly  You can view the movement curve through  Path Plot      5 5 2 3 3 Position    Show the current command  theoretical  position and the feedback  actual  position  of the Master axis and the Slave axis     Click  Reset Counter  to set the value to 0     State   You can view the current state of the Master axis and the Slave axis through the sta   tus bar For detail  refer to the description about State in Acm AxGetState function  which is listed in Common API of Programming guide     PCl 1285 1285E User Manual 50    5 6    5 7    5 8    Digital Input    Mainly shows the status of device s digital input port   In PCI 1265  there are 8 Dis     ME           I Single dzis Motion GF Mfulti Axis Motion GH Synchronized Hotion   EL  Digital Input   EA  Digital Output   FA Analog Input    Pertio Bit  43 0 Mex        e e 0000              As the above f
202. se                    Return Value     Error Code     Comments     There must be 3 axes in group     Command helix motion by assigning three points The orders of valus in  parameter RefArray  CenterArray and EndArray must follow the order of    161    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual       axis PhysicallD  The unit of distance in RefArray and EndArray is PPU of  each axis in group     User can chose two axes in group to move arc interpolation by  PAR GpRefPlane     For example     Group Y  Z  U   RefArray Y  Z  U   CenterArray Y  Z  U   EndArray Y  Z     U   PAR GpRefPlane  1 YZ Plane      Z axis and U axis will move arc interpolation  and Y value in EndArray is the    height of helix   PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 3 5 4 13 Acm GpMoveHelixRel 3P    Format     U32 Acm GpMoveHelixRel 3P  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 RefArray  PF64  EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction                       Purpose   Command group to move relative spiral by three specified points   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   RefArray PF64 IN Relative distance of reference point   EndArray PF64 IN Relative distance of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must equal to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group    Direction 116 IN Direction                 0  DIR_CW clockwise   1  DIR_CCW  counterclockwise        Return Value     Error Code     Comments     S
203. t in the array  This count  must equal to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group                     Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The sequence of data in PositionArray must follow the order of X axis  Y  axis  Z axis  U axis and so on  For example  if one group has two axes  Y  axis and U axis  The first data in PositionArray means Y axis  absolute  position and the second data means U axis  absolute position  The unit of  distance in PositionArray is PPU of each axis in group     The difference between line interpolation and direct interpolation  line  interpolation s speed is divided into even line speed for every axis  axis    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    156       moves at this even line speed  Mostly  line interpolation is applied to the axis  assembled as right angle  But direct interpolation s line speed is set into  master axis  The smallest Physical ID axis  and other axes in group start   stop as the same time as master axis  Mostly  direct interpolation is applied  to the axis assembled as obligue angle     At most  it just supports 8 axes direct interpolation in PCI 1285  2 axes in                PCI 1285E   6 3 5 4 8 Acm GpMoveDirectRel  Format   U32 Acm GpMoveDirectRel  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 DistanceArray   PU32 ArrayElements   Purpose   Command group to execute relative direct line interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   DistanceArray 
204. tPathStatus  Path data in  buffer will be loaded to hardware execution registers seguentially after  calling Acm GpMovePath     165 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    The absolute commands and relative commands can not be mixed in  system path buffer except EndPath and GPDELAY  or else the error will be  returned    The ArrayElements parameter which is element count in   EndPoint DataArray parameter and CenPoint DataArray can not be less  than axis count in group    All of paths needed axis count according to motion command is not greater  than axis count of group can be loaded in same system buffer  eg  axis  count in group is 4  then the paths with Rel2DLine  Rel3DLine  4DDirect  and so on can be loaded into device  If the axis count in group is greater  than needed axis count in path  the foregoing axis in group will be chosen to  move  Especially for Abs2DArcCW  Abs2DArcCCW  Rel2DArcCW and  Rel2DArcCCW  user can chose two axes in three foregoing axes in group  by Par GpRefPlane to move  At the last  the EndPath command must be  add in path buffer     At most  there are 10000 paths in group    User can enable disable speed forward function by CFG GpSFEnable and  set blending time by CFG GpBldTime before calling Acm GpAddPath   GPDELAY  Delay command  The group will delay some time to move next  path  User can set time by FH  The path with this command cannot be  added when speed forward function is enabled by CFG GpSFEnable  The  unit of delay time is ms    MoveMode  Blending M
205. tart Simultaneous Starting when axis 5 is stopped    22 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 6 is stopped        195 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual             23 Start Simultaneous Starting when axis 7 is stopped        24 31   Not defined                 Comments     Get axis supported simultaneous starting mode  See about  CFG AxSimStartSource  In PCI 1285  the default value 16776961  In  PCI 1285E  the default value 0     6 4 3 1 19 Trigger Stop  6 4 3 1 19 1 FT AxIN1Map  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   333  Meaning   IN1 trigger stop function property   Comments        Bits Description       0 Enable Disable stop function       1 Stop logic  high stop or low stop             2 Stop mode  decelerating sudden stop          6 4 3 1 19 2 FT_AxIN2Map  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   334  Meaning   IN2 trigger stop function property   Comments        Bits Description       0 Enable Disable stop function       1 Stop logic  high stop or low stop       2 Stop mode  decelerating sudden stop                6 4 3 1 19 3 FT AxIN4Map  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   336    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 196    6 4 3 2    Meaning   IN4 trigger stop function property                 Comments   Bits Description  0 Enable Disable stop function  1 Stop logic  high stop or low stop  2 Stop mode  decelerating sudden stop                6 4 3 1 19 4 FT AxIN5Map  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   337  Meaning   IN5 trigger stop function property   Comments        Bits Descr
206. tes how to control an interpolation  group s helix motion   Demonstrates how to use electronic cam   ECAN A y y N  E CAM  function    E Gear JIN N N 4 Demonstrates how to use electronic gear   E Gear  function    Tangent JIN 4    N oo how to use tangent follow  unction    Gantry VOIN y y V   Demonstrates how to use gantry function    Device DIO JIN N N N Demonstrates device digital input output  function    Device Al Demonstrates device analog input function    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 64       6 2 4 PCI 1285 1285E Support API List                                                             Type Method Event 5 a Description  Acm DevOpen N v _  Open device   Acm DevClose N V _  Close device   Acm_DevLoadConfig N v  Load configuration file  Acm_GetProperty y    Get property   Acm_SetProperty y V  Set property   Acm_GetLastError N V  Get last error   Acm_CheckMotionEvent y y role er are  Acm_EnableMotionEvent N V  Enable disable event    Device  Method Acm DevDownloadCAMTable     y  Load data in CamTable   Acm_DevConfigCAMTable N V Configure Cam   Acm DevLoadCAMTableFile X X Load CamTable file   Acm DevMDagConfig X X  Set MDag related configurations   Acm DevMDagGetConfig X X  Get MDagrelated configurations   Acm DevMDagStart X X Start MDag function   Acm DevMDagStop X X _ Stop MDag function   Acm DevMDagReset X X  Get MDag related data   Acm DevMDagGetStatus X X _  Get current MDag status   Acm DevMDagGetData X X  Get recorded MDag data                          65    PCI 1285
207. th   ULONG CmpEnable   ULONG CmpPulseMode   ULONG LatchLogic   ULONG LatchEnable   ULONG GenDoEnable   ULONG ExtMasterSrc   ULONG ExtSelEnable   ULONG ExtPulseNum   ULONG ExtPulselnMode   ULONG ExtPresetNum   ULONG CamDoEnable   ULONG CamDOLoLimit   ULONG CamDOHiLimit   ULONG CamDoCmpSrc   ULONG CamDoLogic   ULONG ModuleRange   ULONG SimStartSource     MOT_AX_CONFIG   PMOT_AX_CONFIG     typedef struct MOT DAO CONFIG     ULONG AiChanType   ULONG AiRanges     MOT DAO CONFIG   PMOT DAO CONFIG     typedef struct MOT DEV CONFIG      MOT DAO CONFIG DagConfig    MOT Ax CONFIG Axis Cfg Axis Numj      MOT DEV CONFIG   PMOT DEV CONFIG   Axis Num is 8 for PCI 1285 1285E     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 96    6 3 2 4    6 3 2 5    Acm GetProperty   Format   U32 Acm GetProperty HAND Handle  U32 ProperylD  PVOID Buffer  PU32  BufferLength    Purpose     Get the property  feature property  configuration property or parameter  property  value through assigned PropertylD                    Parameter    Name Type In or Out Description   Handle HAND IN Object handle  This handle may be device  handle from Acm DevOpen  or axis han   dle from Acm AxOpen  or group handle  from Acm GpAddAxis   ProperylD U32 IN Property ID to guery    Buffer PVOID OUT Data buffer for property    BufferLength PU32 IN OUT IN  buffer size for the property  OUT   returned data required length                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     User should pay attention on the data type and BufferLength of Buffe
208. the  Master axis according to CAM curve in cam motion   2  Master Movement Mode    a  Absolute  If you select this mode  the current position of the Master axis will be served by  CAM curve as the starting point of horizontal coordinate     b  Relative  If you select this mode  the Master axis will serve the current Command Actual  Position as a starting point to move in relative mode   3  Slave Movement Mode    a  Absolute  If you choose this mode  the Slave axis will chase after the Y_Pos value in  CAM Table with set speed from the current Command Actual Position     b Relative  If you choose this mode  the Slave axis will move in relative mode with the cur   rent Command Actual Position according to CAM curve     4  Master Offset  offset value relative to the Master axis     5  Slave Offset  offset value relative to Slave axis    6  Master Scaling  Master axis ratio factor  CAM Curve zoom in out in the horizon   tal direction    7  Slave Scaling  Slave axis ratio factor  CAM Curve zoom in out in the vertical  direction     8  Reference Source  Master axis s position reference source   a  Command Position  reference source is command position     b  Feedback Position  reference source is feedback  actual  position     5 5 1 4 4 CAM In    Click  CAM In   the Slave axis will establish CAM synchronization with the Master  axis and the Slave s state will change into  Synchronous Driving   Thereafter  if the  master axis is in P to P or Continue motion  the slave axis will follo
209. the programming or if you want to compile the program  you can click  Build        gt   Build Solution MBuild Test Advantech Motion VB   in the menu bar  as follows     Build L Debug Data Tools Window Community  EE Build Solution F6       Rebuild Solution    Clean Solution     5  Build Test Advantech Motion  VB  ShifttF6       Rebuild Test Advantech Motion  VB   Clean Test Advantech Motion  VB   Publish Test Advantech Motion  VB     Configuration Manager       89 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    You can directly click in the toolbar  the program will run if there is no error     If you want to debug the program  you can set breakpoint at corresponding line of  code by clicking or pressing  F9   as follows     Imports Advantech  Motion  2 Public Class Porm     Private Sub Button  Click ByVal sender As System  Object  ByVal e As System EventArgs  Handles Click  Dim i As Integer    End Sub  9  End Class    Click  Debug      gt   Start Debugging  to debug   when run to the breakpoint  you can  press  F11  or  F10  to step into over  as follows     Debug   Data Format Tools Window Commu       Windows     P Start Debugging FS  D Start Without Debugging Ctrlt FS    E  Attach to Process       Exceptions    Ctrl D  E  GE Step Into Fil     Step Over F10   New Breakpoint  gt        PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 90    6 3    6 3 1    6 3 1 1    Function List    Common API    Acm GetAvailableDevs  Format     U32 Acm GetAvailableDevs  DEVLIST  DeviceList  U32 MaxEntries  PU32    OutEntries   Pur
210. the second data means U axis  center distance  The unit of distance in   CenterArray and EndArray is PPU of each axis in group     At most  it just supports 2 axes arc interpolation in PCI 1285  PCI 1285E  does not support this API     6 3 5 4 4 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs                   Format   U32 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 CenterArray   PF64 EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction   Purpose   Command group to execute absolute ARC interpolation   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of center point   EndArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count    must egual to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group         Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR CW clockwise   1  DIR CCW counterclockwise                       PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 154    Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The seguence of data in CenterArray and EndArray must follow the order  of X axis  Y axis  Z axis  U axis  For example  if one group has Y axis and U  axis  the first data in CenterArray means Y axis  center position and the  second data means U axis  center position  The unit of distance in  CenterArray and EndArray is PPU of each axis in group     At most  it just supports 2 axes arc interpolation in PCI 1285  PCI 1285E  does not support this API   6 3 5 4 5 Acm GpMo
211. tion  compare and triggering with any 3rd party machine vision solution    All Advantech motion controllers are applied to  Common Motion API  architecture  which is an unified user programming interface  Programmer can benefit from inte   grating any Advantech SoftMotion controller without changing the application code in  large scale  This architecture can save the effort of application maintenance and  upgrade     Features    PCI 1285 1285E are featured by the following points  The features are listed  but var   ied by product model name     m Encoder input is 10 MHz for 4xAB mode  2 5 MHz for CW CCW mode    m Pulse output up to 5 Mpps   m Memory buffer  10 K points  for trajectory planning which is designed in DSP   m Supports E Gear  and helical interpolation   m Supports E CAM providing 256 points to describe the CAM profiles which buf   fers located in DSP   m Hardware emergency input   m Watchdog timer   m Position latch via ORG  amp  index signal   m Position compare triggering up to 100 KHz  and memory buffer is up to 100 K  points in DSP   m Programmable interrupt   m Supports gantry mode by semi closed loop pulse train control    m RDY LTC dedicated input channels  amp  SVON CMP CAM DO ERC dedicated  output channels are switchable for general input and output purposes    Applications    m Precise X Y Z position control  m Precise rotation control    m Semi conductor packaging  assembly equipment and high speed pick and   place testing machine    PCI 1285 1285E Use
212. to over  as follows     Debug   Data Format Tools Window Coaau    Windows     D Start Debugging FS  D Start Without Debugging CtrltF5    k Attach to Process       Exceptions    Ctrl D  E  GE Step Into F11   UE Step Over F10   New Breakpoint  gt        6 2 6 4 Creating a New VB net Application    To use PCI 1285 1285E Series DSP Based SoftMotion PCI Controller  ADVMOT dll  and relevant driver files are needed  Be sure to install the driver before development     Create a Visual Basic project as follows   1  Createanew project    Select  Microsoft Visual Studio 2005  from the Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 in    Start Menu  as follows     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 86    o Microsoft SOL Server 2005  gt     Microsoft Visual Studio 6 0              Visual ydi fan Visual Studio Remote Tools   T  Microsoft Web Publishing  gt        Visual Studio Tools  e PM Designer  gt  y 1s  n SourceGear Vault  gt           pile LT p had komen 1 o riad bok Kamin  a o AA    To create a new project  Select  File     gt  New     gt  Project  of Main menu  as follows     File   Edit View VAssistX Tools Window Community Help    En  Project    Ctrlt Shift N    Open  gt   9 ted Site     Close TH  Bite    Ctrl N          Project From Existing Code       In the new form  Select  Other Languages     gt  Visual Basic   select  Windows Appli   cation  template  Configure the Name  Location and Solution Name Same as Name  by default   then click OK      Hew Project PE                 Project types  Templates   
213. traveling function      3 3V    User Interface    VEX    LMT       Figure 3 6 Circuit Diagram for Limit Input Signals    13 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    3 5 Position Latch  LTC     It is a general purpose input pin which is used to latch the simultaneous position  information  Users can read the position counter by programming  For detailed infor   mation  refer to chapter 6     3 6 Servo Ready Signal  RDY     It is a general purpose digital input which is used to check the servo ready status  from servo drive connection  For example  you can check the status before any com   mand is issued  Users can also use this RDY as general purpose input for other  usages     3 7 Home Position  ORG     Home position is to define the original position or home signal for each axis  refer to  chapter 6 for programming settting     3 8 ln Position Singal  INP     The In Position range  or deviation  is usually defined by servo drive  When the  motor moves and converges within this range  or deviation   the servo driver will  send the signal out to indicate that the motor is in the defined position     3 9 Servo Error  amp  Alarm  ALM     This input is from servo drive which will generate the alarm signal to indicate any  operation error     3 10 Encoder Input  ECA     ECB     ECZ        When the feedback encoder signals arrive  connect ECA  ECA  to phase A of  encoder output  It is a differential pair  The same rule is for ECB    and ECZ     The  default setting of PCI 1285 1285E is quadra
214. ture input  4xAB phase   The following  diagram shows the interface circuit for one channel      3 3V    User Interface      VEX    EMG       Figure 3 7 Circuit Diagram of Encoder Feedback    In the circuit diagram above  PCI 1285 1285E use high speed photo coupler for isola   tion  The source s encoder output can be differential mode or open collector mode   And the maximum acceptable 4xAB phase feedback freguency is about 10 MHz     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 14    3 11 Emergency Stop Input  EMG   When emergency stop input signal is enabled  the output of the drive pulse for all  axes will be stopped    3 3V    User Interface      VEX       EMG    ND    o    Figure 3 8 Circuit Diagram of Emergency Stop Input Signal    This signal should be used in combination with external power DC 12   24 V  The  response time of circuitry should take about 0 25 msec because of the delay of photo  coupled and RC filter     3 12 External Power Input  VEX     External power is necessary for all input signals of each axis  Apply DC 12   24 V  voltage as reguired     Note  Please don t direct connect VEX to inductive load          3 13 Position Window Output  CAM DO     As the following figure shows  users can define the interval and level to generate a  digital output with a defined duration     Active  Inactive          Position  Lower Upper  Switching Switching  Point Point  Active  Inactive  Position  Lower Upper  Switching Switching  Point Point    Figure 3 9 Circuit Diagram of Position W
215. uld be 20000  However   the real status is as below     Speed curve after  changing velocity  Velocity VS Time Velocity VS Time    Original speed curve       Path  I  Path2       Change Velocity    If the velocity changing command is sent in Blending phase  then the ChangeV func   tion will be delayed to next path    m FlyMode  Blending Enable  Blending Time 0   The volocity path in this mode is similar to that in Blending mode  while the velocity  between two paths will not decelerate to FL  For details  please refer to  Acm GpAddPath  If the ChangeV function is run in motion status  then the velocity of  path of the current phase will accelerate decelerate to new velocity  and thus the  velocity of each phase will increase decrease proportionally  If the remaining pulse is    159 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    not enough when the velocity of each phase is being changed  then the new velocity  will be automatically calculated   PCI 1285E does not support this API     Note  The ChangeV function is not supported by deceleration phase     6 3 5 4 10 Acm GpMoveHelixAbs                Format   U32 Acm GpMoveHelixAbs  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 CenterArray  PF64  EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction   Purpose   Command group to move absolute spiral   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND   IN Group handle from Acm_GpAddAxis   CenterArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of center point   EndArray PF64 IN Absolute distance of end point        pArrayElements PU32 I
216. uously until the limit signal occurring    For Example    Dir  Positive  Limit Logic  CFG AxElLogic   Active High     Lmt    EL  EL     STATUS1 OFF   n  ol OFF  G a  gt e    i  l El     STATUS2 OFF  On OFF  On JOFF          STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EL signal  when home command is  written  the object will move until EL signal occurring    STATUS2  If the object is in the field of EL signal  there will be no response   MODE3 Ref  Move  Dir    gt touch EZ  gt Stop    Only according to EZ to home  The object moves continuously until the EZ sig   nal occurring    For Example    Dir  Positive  EZ Logic  CFG AxEzLogic   Active High     127 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    EZ    e  EZ EZ    status OFF   On   OFF OFF  On  OFF       EZ EZ    STATUS2 OFF   on  OFF em      m STATUS1  If the object is out of the field of EZ signal  when home command is  written  the object will move until EZ signal occurring    m STATUS2  If the object is in the field of ORG signal  the object will move until  next EZ signal occurring     4  MODE4 Abs Ref  ORG EZ  Move Dir    gt touch ORG   gt Stop   gt Move Dir     gt touch EZ   gt Stop  This is a composed home mode  Firstly  the object moves until origin signal  occurring  and then continues to move in same direction with ORG until EZ sig   nal occurring   For Example   Dir  Positive  ORG logic  Active Logic  EZ Logic  Active Logic     Abs  ORG  EZ    ORG  iei      STATUS1 ore  on  OFF   on  OFF       N  ORG   ORG  7 EZ       STATUS  
217. upport to proceed the rest path     m BlendingMode  Blending Enable BlendingTime gt 0 In Blending Mode  there are  two situations  the velocity curve is different from FL 0 and FL gt 0 in  Acm GpAddPath  Please refer to the detail in Acm GpAddPath    Pause and resume function will be explained by taking Disable speed forward func     tion  FL 0  as an example below     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 174    CFG SFEnable disable    FIL  F12 113 0  FH2 gt FH3 gt FH1       Blending Enabled    Blending Time  gt 0    Velocity       Pause Resume    BlendingMode       In Blending Mode  Pause command will execute after Blending finished if Pause  command is issued in the Blending segment   m FlyMode  Blending Enable BlendingTime  O       Velocity       CFG SFEnable disable  FIL  F12 113 1000  FH2 gt FH3 gt FH1  Blending Enabled  Blending Time  0       Pause Resume    6 3 5 6 2 Acm GpResumeMotion    FlyMode             Format   U32 Acm GpResumeMotion HAND GroupHandle   Purpose   Resume movement after pause  Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GroupHandle HAND IN Axis handle from Acm GpAddAxis                   175 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 4    6 4 1    6 4 1 1    Return Value   Error Code   Comments   Please refer to the detail in Acm GpPauseMotion     Property List    Device    Feature    6 4 1 1 1 FT DevlpoTypeMap  Data Type   U32  R W   R  PropertylD   0  Meaning   Get device supported interpolation types 1  support  0  Not support                                       
218. urther information on driver related issues  an online version of the Device Driv   ers Manual is available by accessing the following path     Start Advantech Automation Motion  Board Name      The example source codes could be found under the corresponding instal  lation  folder  such as the default installation path      Program Files Advantech  Motion  Board Name  Examples    Hardware Installation    Note  Make sure you have installed the driver first before you install the card  refer to    w 2 2 Driver Installation     After the DLL driver installation is completed  you can now go on to install the PCI   1285 1285E card in any PCI slot on your computer  But it is suggested that you  should refer to the computer   s user manual or related documentations if you have  any doubt  Follow the steps below to install the card on your system    1  Turn off your computer and remove any accessories connected to the computer   Warning  CUT OFF power supply of your computer whenever you install or  remove any card  or connect and disconnect cables    2  Disconnect the power cord and any other cables from the back of the computer    Remove the cover of the computer    4  Select an empty  3 3  5 V PCI slot  Remove the screws that secures the  expansion slot cover to the system unit  Save the screws to secure the retaining  bracket of interface card    5  Carefully grasp the upper edge of the PCI 1285 1285E  Align the hole in the  retaining bracket with the hole on the expansion slot a
219. validAxCntlnGp  0x80000031 AxlnGpNotFound  0x80000032 AxislnOtherGp  0x80000033 AxCannotlntoGp  0x80000034 GplnDevNotFound  0x80000035 InvalidGpCfgVel  0x80000036 InvalidGpCfgAcc  0x80000037 InvalidGpCfgDec  0x80000038 InvalidGpCfgJerk  0x80000039 InvalidGpParVelLow  0x8000003a InvalidGpParVelHigh  0x8000003b InvalidGpParAcc  0x8000003c InvalidGpParDec  0x8000003d InvalidGpParJerk  0x8000003e JerkNotSupport  0x8000003f ThreeAxNotSupport  0x80000040 DevlpoNotFinished  0x80000041 InvalidGpState  0x80000042 OpenFileFailed  0x80000043 InvalidPathCnt  0x80000044 InvalidPathHandle  0x80000045 InvalidPath  0x80000046 loctlError  0x80000047 AmnetRingUsed  0x80000048 DeviceNotOpened  0x80000049 InvalidRing  0x8000004a InvalidSlavelP  0x8000004b InvalidParameter          PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 228                                                                                                                                                 0x8000004c InvalidGpCenterPosition  0x8000004d InvalidGpEndPosition  0x8000004e InvalidAddress  0x8000004f DeviceDisconnect  0x80000050 DataOutBufExceeded  0x80000051 SlaveDeviceNotMatch  0x80000052 SlaveDeviceError  0x80000053 SlaveDeviceUnknow  0x80000054 FunctionNotSupport  0x80000055 InvalidPhysicalAxis  0x80000056 InvalidVelocity  0x80000057 InvalidAxPulselnLogic  0x80000058 InvalidAxPulselnSource  0x80000059 InvalidAxErcLogic  0x8000005a InvalidAxErcOnTime  0x8000005b InvalidAxErcOffTime  0x8000005c InvalidAxErcEnableMode  0x8000005d Invalid
220. veCircularRel 3P  Format     U32 Acm GpMoveCircularRel 3P  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 RefArray   PF64 EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction                       Purpose   Command group to execute relative ARC interpolation by three specified  points   Parameters   Name Type In or Out Description  GpHandle HAND IN Group handle from Acm GpAddAxis   RefArray PF64 IN Relative distance of reference point   EndArray PF64 IN Relative distance of end point   pArrayElements PU32 IN OUT Element count in the array  This count  must egual to the axis count in this  group  or else it will be returned axis  count in group    Direction 116 IN Direction   0  DIR CW clockwise   1  DIR CCW  counterclockwise                       Return Value   Error Code   Comments     The seguence of data in RefArray and EndArray must follow the order of X  axis  Y axis  Z axis  U axis and so on  For example  if one group has Y axis  and U axis  the first data in RefArray means Y axis  reference distance and  the second data means U axis  reference distance  The unit of distance in  RefArray and EndArray is PPU of each axis in group     At most  it just supports 2 axes arc interpolation in PCI 1285  PCI 1285E  does not support this API   6 3 5 4 6 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs 3P  Format     U32 Acm GpMoveCircularAbs 3P  HAND GroupHandle  PF64 RefArray   PF64 EndArray  PU32 pArrayElements  116 Direction     Purpose     Command group to execute absolute ARC interpolation by three specified  points     155 PCI 1285
221. w the Master axis  to Move with the CAM Curve and the configuration accordingly     5 5 1 4 5 Stop    Click  Stop  to dissolve the synchronization relation  The slave axis s state will be  ready     PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 48    5 5 1 5 Gear Motion  Select Gear in Synchronized Mode  you can configure and operate the gear move   ment   Gear Motion Configuration    Numerator  1 Denominator   1  Reference Source Movement Mode     Command Pos O Feedback Pos O Absolute 6 Relative    5 5 1 5 1 Configuration    Before the establishment of gear synchronization  you need to configure the following  parameters     1  Numerator  The numerator of gear ratio   2  Denominator  The denominator of gear ratio   3  Reference Source  The Master axis s position reference source  a Command Position  reference source is command position  b Feedback Position  reference source is feedback position    4  Movement Mode     a  Absolute  If you select this mode  the Slave axis will chase after the Command Actual  Position of the Master axis with set speed     b  Relative  If you select the mode  the Slave axis will keep initial position difference with  the Master axis     5 5 1 5 2 Gear In    Click  Gear In   the Slave axis will establish Gear synchronization with the Master  axis and the Slave s state will change into  Synchronous Driving   Thereafter  if mas   ter axis is in P to P or Continue motion  the slave axis will follow master axis to move  with the configuration accordingly     5 5 1 5 3 
222. x freguency 2 5MHz x1  x2  x4  A B phase only   Type Two terminal  opto isolated  L max  1Vdc  Input voltage H min  3 5Vdc  H max  10Vdc  Protection 2 500V Isolation  Min  width for Hi   Lo pulse 200ns             B 6 Pulse Output    Item Description                                                                   Max freguency 5Mpps  Type Two terminal  opto isolated   L  max  0 7Vdc  Output voltage H min  2Vdc   H max  3 9Vdc  Output current 3Vdc 18mA  Output signal mode Differential line driving output  Protection 2 500V Isolation  Control range 32bit   B 7 General  Item Description  Connector  HDRA  Mini SCSI 200 x 1  Dimensions 175mm x 100mm  Certifications CE  FCC Class A  l Typical 3 3V 160mA  5V 530mA   Power consumption   Max 3 3V 400mA  5V 650mA   Operating 0 60  C  refer to IEC 60068 2 1 2   Temperature   Storage  20 85  C  Relative Humidity 5 95  RH non condensing  refer to IEC 60068 2 3   External Power Voltage DC  12   24 V             239 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual             
223. ype   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   604  Meaning   Set or get compare method   Value Description  0  gt   Position Counter  1  lt   Position Counter  2  Counter  Directionless  Not support   Comments     In PCI 1285  the default value is 0  PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 4 3 2 12 3 CFG_AxCmpPulseLogic  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   606  Meaning   Set  get the active logical of compare signal        Value Description       0 Low active       1 High active                209 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    Comments   In PCI 1285  the default value is 0  PCI 1285E does not support this API     6 4 3 2 12 4 CFG AxCmpPulseWidth  Data Type   U32  R W   RW  PropertylD   607  Meaning   Get set the width of compare signal delay        Value Description       5 us       10 us       20 us       50 us       100 us       200 us       500 us          N   OD  oy AION    oO    1000 us             Comments   In PCI 1285  the default value is 0  PCI 1285E does not support this  property    6 4 3 2 12 5 CFG_AxCmpEnable   Data Type   U32   R W   RW   PropertylD   608   Meaning   Enable disable axis compare function        Value Description                      0 Disabled  1 Enabled  Comments   In PCI 1285  the default value is 0  PCI 1285E does not support this  property   6 4 3 2 12 6 CFG_AxCmpPulseMode  Data Type   U32  R W   RW    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 210    PropertylD   605  Meaning   Set get axis compare mode        Value Description                      0 Pulse mode 
224. zation for backward  compatibility then delete the reguestedExecutionLeuel node      lt reguestedExecutionLevel leuel  asInuoker   ui  ccess  false    gt   regue IPrivileg       6 2 Getting Started    6 2 1 PCI 1285 1285E Software architecture    The PCI 1285 1285E software architecture based on Common Motion Architecture is  as follows          Example      Other  7 Application    ADVMOT  ADVMOT  bas lib    ADVMOT dll              Utility  Il a  AdvMotAPI dll k                     4    PC11285 dll       Figure 6 1 PCI 1285 1285E Software Architecture    All of API used to implement device functions can be acguired from ADVMOT DLL  which is a common interface for user  The AdvMotAPI dll  ADVMOT bas and ADV   MOT Iib are created upon ADVMOT dIl for user developing application easily  AdvMo   tAPI dll is used for C  application and VB net application which includes Utility  C   examples and VB net example  ADVMOT bas is used to develop VB application   ADVMOT Iib is used to develop VC application     57 PCI 1285 1285E User Manual    6 2 2 Flow Charts    6 2 2 1 Basic Flow    Device Disable Ready       Figure 6 2 Basic Operation Flow Chart    PCI 1285 1285E User Manual 58    6 2 2 2 Single Axis Flow    Single Axis Motion Operation    nem Reset  lo  Optional     t Configuration     Optional     C     _ i         Velocity Move        Change Position Speed  On the fly only Velocity       Figure 6 3 Single Axis Operation Flow Chart    99 PCl 1285 1285E User Manual    6 2 2 3 Multipl
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
  Road Glide Chizeled Handlebar Instruction Sheet - Harley  Linksys by Cisco WAG120N Modem Roteador Wireless  Betriebsanleitung - VEGA Americas, Inc.  Caracas/Rio RCR87 f    miRCURY LNA™ microRNA ISH Optimization Kit (FFPE)  SuperMicro SuperWorkstation 7043A  DM-5 DM-3      Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file